summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/blago10.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/blago10.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/blago10.txt8431
1 files changed, 8431 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/blago10.txt b/old/blago10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab28b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/blago10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8431 @@
+***The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance***
+H. de Vere Stacpoole, edited and introduced by Edward A. Malone
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+
+
+The Blue lagoon: A Romance
+
+by H. de Vere Stacpoole
+
+January, 1995 [Etext #393]
+
+
+***The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance***
+*****This file should be named blago10.txt or blago10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, blago11.txt.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, blago10a.txt.
+
+
+This Etext was edited and introduced by Edward A. Malone.
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, for time for better editing.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $4
+million dollars per hour this year as we release some eight text
+files per month: thus upping our productivity from $2 million.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is 10% of the expected number of computer users by the end
+of the year 2001.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois
+Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go
+to IBC, too)
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box 2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive
+Director:
+hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet)
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email
+(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
+
+******
+If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please
+FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
+[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
+
+ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd etext/etext90 through /etext96
+or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET INDEX?00.GUT
+for a list of books
+and
+GET NEW GUT for general information
+and
+MGET GUT* for newsletters.
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Illinois Benedictine College (the "Project"). Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+ cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+ net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Association / Illinois
+ Benedictine College" within the 60 days following each
+ date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+ your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Illinois Benedictine College".
+
+*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+The Blue lagoon: A Romance
+
+by H. de Vere Stacpoole
+
+
+
+
+Introduction to the Project Gutenberg text of H. de Vere
+Stacpoole's The Blue Lagoon: A Romance
+
+
+by Edward A. Malone
+
+University of Missouri-Rolla
+
+
+Born on April 9, 1863, in Kingstown, Ireland, Henry de Vere
+Stacpoole grew up in a household dominated by his mother and
+three older sisters. William C. Stacpoole, a doctor of divinity
+from Trinity College and headmaster of Kingstown school, died
+some time before his son's eighth birthday, leaving the
+responsibility of supporting the family to his Canadian-born wife,
+Charlotte Augusta Mountjoy Stacpoole. At a young age, Charlotte
+had been led out of the Canadian backwoods by her widowed mother
+and taken to Ireland, where their relatives lived. This experience
+had strengthened her character and prepared her for single
+parenthood.
+
+Charlotte cared passionately for her children and was perhaps
+overly protective of her son. As a child, Henry suffered from
+severe respiratory problems, misdiagnosed as chronic bronchitis
+by his physician, who in the winter of 1871 advised that the boy
+be taken to Southern France for his health. With her entire family
+in tow, Charlotte made the long journey from Kingstown to London
+to Paris, where signs of the Franco-Prussian War were still
+evident, settling at last in Nice at the Hotel des Iles Britannique.
+Nice was like paradise to Henry, who marveled at the city's
+affluence and beauty as he played in the warm sun.
+
+After several more excursions to the continent, Stacpoole was
+sent to Portarlington, a bleak boarding school more than 100
+miles from Kingstown. In contrast to his sisters, the
+Portarlington boys were noisy and uncouth. As Stacpoole writes
+in his autobiograhy Men and Mice, 1863-1942 (1942), the boys
+abused him mentally and physically, making him feel like "a
+little Arthur in a cage of baboons." One night, he escaped through
+an adjacent girls' school and returned to Kingstown, only to be
+betrayed by his family and dragged back to school by his eldest
+sister.
+
+When his family moved to London, he was taken out of
+Portarlington and enrolled at Malvern College, a progressive
+school with refined students and plenty of air and sunshine.
+Stacpoole thoroughly enjoyed his new surroundings, which he
+associated with the description of Malvern Hills in Elizabeth
+Barrett Browning's Aurora Leigh (1857): "Keepers of Piers
+Plowman's visions / Through the sunshine and the snow." This
+environment encouraged his interest in literature and writing.
+
+The idyll ended, however, when Stacpoole began his medical
+training. At his mother's prodding, he entered the medical school
+at St. George's Hospital. Twice a day, he had to traverse a park
+frequented by perambulating nursemaids, and he became
+romantically involved with one of them. When his mother
+discovered their affair, she insisted that he transfer to
+University College, and he complied.
+
+More interested in literature than corpses, Stacpoole began to
+neglect his studies and miss classes, especially the required
+dissections. Finally, the dean of the medical school confronted
+him, and their argument drove Stacpoole to St. Mary's Hospital,
+where he completed his medical training and qualified L. S. A. in
+1891. At some point after this date, Stacpoole made several sea
+voyages into the tropics (at least once as a doctor aboard a cable-
+mending ship), collecting information for future stories.
+
+Stacpoole's literary career, which he once described as being
+"more like a Malay fishing prahu than an honest-to-God English
+literary vessel," began inauspiciously with the publication of
+The Intended (1894), a tragic novel about two look-alikes, one
+rich, the other poor, who switch places on a whim. Bewildered by
+the novel's lack of success, Stacpoole consulted his friendly
+muse, Pearl Craigie, alias John Oliver Hobbes, who suggested a
+comic rather than tragic treatment. Years later, Stacpoole retold
+the story in The Man Who Lost Himself (1918), a commercially
+successful comic novel about a down-and-out American who
+impersonates his wealthy look-alike in England.
+
+Set in France during the Franco-Prussian War, Stacpoole's second
+novel, Pierrot (1896), recounts a French boy's eerie
+relationship with a patricidal doppelganger. Like its predecessor,
+it was a commercial failure, and it was at this point, perhaps,
+that Stacpoole began to view literary success only in terms of
+sales figures and numbers of editions.
+
+A strange tale of reincarnation, cross dressing, and uxoricide,
+Stacpoole's third novel, Death, the Knight, and the Lady (1897),
+purports to be the deathbed confession of Beatrice Sinclair, who
+is both a reincarnated murderer (male) and a descendant of the
+murder victim (female). She falls in love with Gerald Wilder, a
+man disguised as a woman, who is both a reincarnated murder
+victim (female) and the descendant of the murderer (male).
+Despite its originality, the novel was killed by "Public
+Indifference" (Stacpoole's term), which also killed The Rapin
+(1899), a novel about an art student in Paris.
+
+Stacpoole spent the summer of 1898 in Sommerset, where he took
+over the medical practice of an ailing country doctor. So peaceful
+were his days in this pastoral setting that he had time to write
+The Doctor (1899), a novel about an old-fashioned physician
+practicing medicine in rural England. "It is the best book I have
+written," Stacpoole declared more than forty years later. He
+could also say, in retrospect, that the book's weak sales were a
+disguised blessing, "for I hadn't ballast on board in those days to
+stand up to the gale of success, which means incidentally money."
+He would be spared the gale of success for nine more years,
+during which he published seven books, including a collection of
+children's stories and two collaborative novels with his friend
+William Alexander Bryce.
+
+In 1907, two events occurred that altered the course of
+Stacpoole's life: he wrote The Blue Lagoon and he married
+Margaret Robson. Unable to sleep one night, he found himself
+thinking about and envying the caveman, who in his primitiveness
+was able to marvel at such commonplace phenomena as sunsets
+and thunderstorms. Civilized, technological man had unveiled
+these mysteries with his telescopes and weather balloons, so
+that they were no longer "nameless wonders" to be feared and
+contemplated. As a doctor, Stacpoole had witnessed countless
+births and deaths, and these events no longer seemed miraculous
+to him. He conceived the idea of two children growing up alone on
+an island and experiencing storms, death, and birth in almost
+complete ignorance and innocence. The next morning, he started
+writing The Blue Lagoon. The exercise was therapeutic because
+he was able to experience the wonders of life and death
+vicariously through his characters.
+
+The Blue Lagoon is the story of two cousins, Dicky and
+Emmeline Lestrange, stranded on a remote island with a beautiful
+lagoon. As children, they are cared for by Paddy Button, a portly
+sailor who drinks himself to death after only two and a half years
+in paradise. Frightened and confused by the man's gruesome
+corpse, the children flee to another part of Palm Tree Island. Over
+a period of five years, they grow up and eventually fall in love.
+Sex and birth are as mysterious to them as death, but they
+manage to copulate instinctively and conceive a child. The birth is
+especially remarkable: fifteen-year-old Emmeline, alone in the
+jungle, loses consciousness and awakes to find a baby boy on the
+ground near her. Naming the boy Hannah (an example of
+Stacpoole's penchant for gender reversals), the Lestranges live in
+familial bliss until they are unexpectedly expelled from their
+tropical Eden.
+
+The parallels between The Blue Lagoon and the Biblical story of
+Adam and Eve are obvious and intentional, but Stacpoole was also
+influenced by Lewis Carroll's Alice's Adventures in Wonderland
+(1865), which he invokes in a passage describing the castaways'
+approach Palm Tree Island:
+
+"One could see the water swirling round the coral piers, for the
+tide was flooding into the lagoon; it had seized the little dinghy
+and was bearing it along far swifter than the sculls could have
+driven it. Seagulls screamed about them, the boat rocked and
+swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, and Emmeline shut her
+eyes TIGHT.
+
+"Then, as though a door had been swiftly and silently closed, the
+sound of the surf became suddenly less. The boat floated on an
+even keel; she opened her eyes and found herself in Wonderland."
+
+This direct reference to Wonderland prepares the reader for the
+many parallels that follow. When their adventures begin, both
+girls are about the same age, Alice seven and a half, Emmeline
+exactly eight. Just as Alice joins a tea party in Wonderland,
+Emmeline plays with her tiny tea set on the beach after they land.
+Emmeline's former pet, like the Cheshire Cat, "had white stripes
+and a white chest, and rings down its tail" and died "showing its
+teeth." Whereas Alice looks for a poison label on a bottle that
+says "Drink Me," Emmeline innocently tries to eat "the never-
+wake-up berries" and receives a stern rebuke and a lecture about
+poison from Paddy Button. "The Poetry of Learning" chapter
+echoes Alice's dialogue with the caterpillar. Like the wily
+creature smoking a hookah, Paddy smokes a pipe and shouts
+"Hurroo!" as the children teach him to write his name in the sand.
+The children lose "all count of time," just as the Mad Hatter does.
+Whereas Alice grows nine feet taller, Dick sprouts "two inches
+taller" and Emmeline "twice as plump." Like the baby in the "Pig
+and Pepper," Hannah sneezes at the first sight of Dicky. The novel
+is artfully littered with references to wonder, curiosity, and
+strangeness--all evidence of Stacpoole's conscious effort to
+invoke and honor his Victorian predecessor.
+
+Stacpoole presented The Blue Lagoon to Publisher T. Fisher
+Unwin in September 1907 and went to Cumberland to assist
+another ailing doctor in his practice. Every day from Eden Vue in
+Langwathby, Stacpoole wrote to his fiancee, Margaret Robson (or
+Maggie, as he called her), and waited anxiously for their wedding
+day. On December 17, 1907, the couple were married and spent
+their honeymoon at Stebbing Park, a friend's country house in
+Essex, about three miles from the village of Stebbing. It was
+there that they stumbled upon Rose Cottage, where Stacpoole
+lived for several years before he moved to Cliff Dene on the Isle
+of Wight in the 1920s.
+
+Published in January 1908, The Blue Lagoon was an immediate
+success, both with reviewers and the public. "[This] tale of the
+discovery of love, and innocent mating, is as fresh as the ozone
+that made them strong," declared one reviewer. Another claimed
+that "for once the title of `romance,' found in so many modern
+stories, is really justified." The novel was reprinted more than
+twenty times in the next twelve years and remained popular in
+other forms for more than eighty years. Norman MacOwen and
+Charlton Mann adapted the story as a play, which ran for 263
+performances in London from August 28, 1920, to April 16, 1921.
+Film versions of the novel were made in 1923, 1949, and 1980.
+
+Stacpoole also wrote two successful sequels: The Garden of
+God (1923) and The Gates of Morning (1925). These three
+books and two others were combined to form The Blue Lagoon
+Omnibus in 1933. The Garden of God was filmed as Return to
+the Blue Lagoon in 1992.
+
+This Gutenberg etext of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance is based
+on the 1908 first American edition published by J. B. Lippincott
+Company of Philadelphia.
+
+==========================================================
+
+
+
+
+The Blue lagoon: A Romance
+
+by H. de Vere Stacpoole
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+BOOK I
+
+PART I
+
+I. WHERE THE SLUSH LAMP BURNS
+II. UNDER THE STARS
+III. THE SHADOW AND THE FIRE
+IV. AND LIKE A DREAM DISSOLVED
+V. VOICES HEARD IN THE MIST
+VI. DAWN ON A WIDE, WIDE SEA
+VII. STORY OF THE PIG AND THE BILLY-GOAT
+VIII. "S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H"
+IX. SHADOWS IN THE MOONLIGHT
+X. THE TRAGEDY OF THE BOATS
+
+
+PART II
+
+XI. THE ISLAND
+XII. THE LAKE OF AZURE
+XIII. DEATH VEILED WITH LICHEN
+XIV. ECHOES OF FAIRY-LAND
+XV. FAIR PICTURES IN THE BLUE
+
+
+PART III
+
+XVI. THE POETRY OF LEARNING
+XVII. THE DEVIL'S CASK
+XVIII. THE RAT HUNT
+XIX. STARLIGHT ON THE FOAM
+XX. THE DREAMER ON THE REEF
+XXI. THE GARLAND OF FLOWERS
+XXII. ALONE
+XXIII. THEY MOVE AWAY
+
+
+BOOK II
+
+PART I
+
+I. UNDER THE ARTU TREE
+II. HALF CHILD_HALF SAVAGE
+III. THE DEMON OF THE REEF
+IV. WHAT BEAUTY CONCEALED
+V. THE SOUND OF A DRUM
+VI. SAILS UPON THE SEA
+VII. THE SCHOONER
+VIII. LOVE STEPS IN
+IX. THE SLEEP OF PARADISE
+
+
+PART II
+
+X. AN ISLAND HONEYMOON
+XI. THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE
+XII. THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE (CONTINUED)
+XIII. THE NEWCOMER
+XIV. HANNAH
+XV. THE LAGOON OF FIRE
+XVI. THE CYCLONE
+XVII. THE STRICKEN WOODS
+XVIII. A FALLEN IDOL
+XIX. THE EXPEDITION
+XX. THE KEEPER OF THE LAGOON
+XXI. THE HAND OF THE SEA
+XXII. TOGETHER
+
+
+BOOK III
+
+
+I. MAD LESTRANGE
+II. THE SECRET OF THE AZURE
+III. CAPTAIN FOUNTAIN
+IV. DUE SOUTH
+
+
+
+THE BLUE LAGOON
+
+
+BOOK I
+
+PART I
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+WHERE THE SLUSH LAMP BURNS
+
+
+Mr Button was seated on a sea-chest with a fiddle under his left
+ear. He was playing the "Shan van vaught," and accompanying the
+tune, punctuating it, with blows of his left heel on the fo'cs'le
+deck.
+
+ "O the Frinch are in the bay,
+ Says the Shan van vaught."
+
+He was dressed in dungaree trousers, a striped shirt, and a jacket
+baize--green in parts from the influence of sun and salt. A typical
+old shell-back, round-shouldered, hooked of finger; a figure with
+strong hints of a crab about it.
+
+His face was like a moon, seen red through tropical mists; and as
+he played it wore an expression of strained attention as though
+the fiddle were telling him tales much more marvellous than the
+old bald statement about Bantry Bay.
+
+"Left-handed Pat," was his fo'cs'le name; not because he was
+left-handed, but simply because everything he did he did wrong--
+or nearly so. Reefing or furling, or handling a slush tub--if a
+mistake was to be made, he made it.
+
+He was a Celt, and all the salt seas that had flowed between him
+and Connaught these forty years and more had not washed the
+Celtic element from his blood, nor the belief in fairies from his
+soul. The Celtic nature is a fast dye, and Mr Button's nature was
+such that though he had been shanghaied by Larry Marr in 'Frisco,
+though he had got drunk in most ports of the world, though he had
+sailed with Yankee captains and been man-handled by Yankee
+mates, he still carried his fairies about with him--they, and a
+very large stock of original innocence.
+
+Nearly over the musician's head swung a hammock from which
+hung a leg; other hammocks hanging in the semi-gloom called up
+suggestions of lemurs and arboreal bats. The swinging kerosene
+lamp cast its light forward past the heel of the bowsprit to the
+knightheads, lighting here a naked foot hanging over the side of a
+bunk, here a face from which protruded a pipe, here a breast
+covered with dark mossy hair, here an arm tattooed.
+
+It was in the days before double topsail yards had reduced ships'
+crews, and the fo'cs'le of the Northumberland had a full
+company: a crowd of packet rats such as often is to be found on a
+Cape Horner "Dutchmen" [sic] Americans--men who were farm
+labourers and tending pigs in Ohio three months back, old
+seasoned sailors like Paddy Button--a mixture of the best and the
+worst of the earth, such as you find nowhere else in so small a
+space as in a ship's fo'cs'le.
+
+The Northumberland had experienced a terrible rounding of the
+Horn. Bound from New Orleans to 'Frisco she had spent thirty days
+battling with head-winds and storms--down there, where the
+seas are so vast that three waves may cover with their amplitude
+more than a mile of sea space; thirty days she had passed off
+Cape Stiff, and just now, at the moment of this story, she was
+locked in a calm south of the line.
+
+Mr Button finished his tune with a sweep of the bow, and drew
+his right coat sleeve across his forehead. Then he took out a sooty
+pipe, filled it with tobacco, and lit it.
+
+"Pawthrick," drawled a voice from the hammock above, from
+which depended the leg, "what was that yarn you wiz beginnin' to
+spin ter night 'bout a lip-me-dawn?"
+
+"A which me-dawn?" asked Mr Button, cocking his eye up at the
+bottom of the hammock while he held the match to his pipe.
+
+"It vas about a green thing," came a sleepy Dutch voice from a
+bunk.
+
+"Oh, a Leprachaun, you mane. Sure, me mother's sister had one
+down in Connaught."
+
+"Vat vas it like?" asked the dreamy Dutch voice--a voice
+seemingly possessed by the calm that had made the sea like a
+mirror for the last three days, reducing the whole ship's company
+meanwhile to the level of wasters.
+
+"Like? Sure, it was like a Leprachaun; and what else would it be
+like?"
+
+"What like vas that?" persisted the voice.
+
+"It was like a little man no bigger than a big forked radish, an' as
+green as a cabbidge. Me a'nt had one in her house down in
+Connaught in the ould days. O musha! musha! the ould days, the
+ould days! Now, you may b'lave me or b'lave me not, but you could
+have put him in your pocket, and the grass-green head of him
+wouldn't more than'v stuck out. She kept him in a cupboard, and
+out of the cupboard he'd pop if it was a crack open, an' into the
+milk pans he'd be, or under the beds, or pullin' the stool from
+under you, or at some other divarsion. He'd chase the pig--the
+crathur!--till it'd be all ribs like an ould umbrilla with the fright,
+an' as thin as a greyhound with the runnin' by the marnin; he'd
+addle the eggs so the cocks an' hens wouldn't know what they wis
+afther wid the chickens comin' out wid two heads on them, an'
+twinty-seven legs fore and aft. And you'd start to chase him, an'
+then it'd be main-sail haul, and away he'd go, you behint him, till
+you'd landed tail over snout in a ditch, an' he'd be back in the
+cupboard."
+
+"He was a Troll," murmured the Dutch voice.
+
+"I'm tellin' you he was a Leprachaun, and there's no knowin' the
+divilments he'd be up to. He'd pull the cabbidge, maybe, out of the
+pot boilin' on the fire forenint your eyes, and baste you in the
+face with it; and thin, maybe, you'd hold out your fist to him, and
+he'd put a goulden soverin in it."
+
+"Wisht he was here!" murmured a voice from a bunk near the
+knightheads.
+
+"Pawthrick," drawled the voice from the hammock above, "what'd
+you do first if you found y'self with twenty pound in your
+pocket?"
+
+"What's the use of askin' me?" replied Mr Button. "What's the use
+of twenty pound to a sayman at say, where the grog's all wather
+an' the beef's all horse? Gimme it ashore, an' you'd see what I'd
+do wid it!"
+
+"I guess the nearest grog-shop keeper wouldn't see you comin' for
+dust," said a voice from Ohio.
+
+"He would not," said Mr Button; "nor you afther me. Be damned to
+the grog and thim that sells it!"
+
+"It's all darned easy to talk," said Ohio. "You curse the grog at sea
+when you can't get it; set you ashore, and you're bung full."
+
+"I likes me dhrunk," said Mr Button, "I'm free to admit; an' I'm the
+divil when it's in me, and it'll be the end of me yet, or me ould
+mother was a liar. `Pat,' she says, first time I come home from
+say rowlin', `storms you may escape, an wimmen you may escape,
+but the potheen 'ill have you.' Forty year ago--forty year ago!"
+
+"Well," said Ohio, "it hasn't had you yet."
+
+"No," replied Mr Button, "but it will."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+UNDER THE STARS
+
+It was a wonderful night up on deck, filled with all the majesty
+and beauty of starlight and a tropic calm.
+
+The Pacific slept; a vast, vague swell flowing from far away
+down south under the night, lifted the Northumberland on its
+undulations to the rattling sound of the reef points and the
+occasional creak of the rudder; whilst overhead, near the fiery
+arch of the Milky Way, hung the Southern Cross like a broken kite.
+
+Stars in the sky, stars in the sea, stars by the million and the
+million; so many lamps ablaze that the firmament filled the mind
+with the idea of a vast and populous city--yet from all that living
+and flashing splendour not a sound.
+
+Down in the cabin--or saloon, as it was called by courtesy--were
+seated the three passengers of the ship; one reading at the table,
+two playing on the floor.
+
+The man at the table, Arthur Lestrange, was seated with his
+large, deep-sunken eyes fixed on a book. He was most evidently in
+consumption--very near, indeed, to reaping the result of that last
+and most desperate remedy, a long sea voyage.
+
+Emmeline Lestrange, his little niece--eight years of age, a
+mysterious mite, small for her age, with thoughts of her own,
+wide-pupilled eyes that seemed the doors for visions, and a face
+that seemed just to have peeped into this world for a moment ere
+it was as suddenly withdrawn--sat in a corner nursing something
+in her arms, and rocking herself to the tune of her own thoughts.
+
+Dick, Lestrange's little son, eight and a bit, was somewhere under
+the table. They were Bostonians, bound for San Francisco, or
+rather for the sun and splendour of Los Angeles, where Lestrange
+had bought a small estate, hoping there to enjoy the life whose
+lease would be renewed by the long sea voyage.
+
+As he sat reading, the cabin door opened, and appeared an angular
+female form. This was Mrs Stannard, the stewardess, and Mrs
+Stannard meant bedtime.
+
+"Dicky," said Mr Lestrange, closing his book, and raising the
+table-cloth a few inches, "bedtime."
+
+"Oh, not yet, daddy!" came a sleep-freighted voice from under the
+table; "I ain't ready. I dunno want to go to bed, I-- Hi yow!"
+
+Stannard, who knew her work, had stooped under the table, seized
+him by the foot, and hauled him out kicking and fighting and
+blubbering all at the same time.
+
+As for Emmeline, she having glanced up and recognised the
+inevitable, rose to her feet, and, holding the hideous rag-doll she
+had been nursing, head down and dangling in one hand, she stood
+waiting till Dicky, after a few last perfunctory bellows, suddenly
+dried his eyes and held up a tear-wet face for his father to kiss.
+Then she presented her brow solemnly to her uncle, received a
+kiss, and vanished, led by the hand into a cabin on the port side of
+the saloon.
+
+Mr Lestrange returned to his book, but he had not read for long
+when the cabin door was opened, and Emmeline, in her nightdress,
+reappeared, holding a brown paper parcel in her hand, a parcel of
+about the same size as the book you are reading.
+
+"My box," said she; and as she spoke, holding it up as if to prove
+its safety, the little plain face altered to the face of an angel.
+
+She had smiled.
+
+When Emmeline Lestrange smiled it was absolutely as if the light
+of Paradise had suddenly flashed upon her face: the happiest form
+of childish beauty suddenly appeared before your eyes, dazzled
+them and was gone.
+
+Then she vanished with her box, and Mr Lestrange resumed his
+book.
+
+This box of Emmeline's, I may say in parenthesis, had given more
+trouble aboard ship than all of the rest of the passengers' luggage
+put together.
+
+It had been presented to her on her departure from Boston by a
+lady friend, and what it contained was a dark secret to all on
+board, save its owner and her uncle; she was a woman, or, at all
+events, the beginning of a woman, yet she kept this secret to her-
+self--a fact which you will please note.
+
+The trouble of the thing was that it was frequently being lost.
+Suspecting herself, maybe, as an unpractical dreamer in a world
+filled with robbers, she would cart it about with her for safety,
+sit down behind a coil of rope and fall into a fit of abstraction; be
+recalled to life by the evolutions of the crew reefing or furling or
+what not, rise to superintend the operations--and then suddenly
+find she had lost her box.
+
+Then she would absolutely haunt the ship. Wide-eyed and
+distressed of face she would wander hither and thither, peeping
+into the galley, peeping down the forescuttle, never uttering a
+word or wail, searching like an uneasy ghost, but dumb.
+
+She seemed ashamed to tell of her loss, ashamed to let any one
+know of it; but every one knew of it directly they saw her, to use
+Mr Button's expression, "on the wandher," and every one hunted
+for it.
+
+Strangely enough it was Paddy Button who usually found it. He
+who was always doing the wrong thing in the eyes of men,
+generally did the right thing in the eyes of children. Children, in
+fact, when they could get at Mr Button, went for him con amore.
+He was as attractive to them as a Punch and Judy show or a
+German band--almost.
+
+Mr Lestrange after a while closed the book he was reading, looked
+around him and sighed.
+
+The cabin of the Northumberland was a cheerful enough place,
+pierced by the polished shaft of the mizzen mast, carpeted with
+an Axminster carpet, and garnished with mirrors let into the
+white pine panelling. Lestrange was staring at the reflection of
+his own face in one of these mirrors fixed just opposite to where
+he sat.
+
+His emaciation was terrible, and it was just perhaps at this
+moment that he first recognised the fact that he must not only
+die, but die soon.
+
+He turned from the mirror and sat for a while with his chin
+resting upon his hand, and his eyes fixed on an ink spot upon the
+table-cloth; then he arose, and crossing the cabin climbed
+laboriously up the companionway to the deck.
+
+As he leaned against the bulwark rail to recover his breath, the
+splendour and beauty of the Southern night struck him to the
+heart with a cruel pang. He took his seat on a deck chair and gazed
+up at the Milky Way, that great triumphal arch built of suns that
+the dawn would sweep away like a dream.
+
+In the Milky Way, near the Southern Cross, occurs a terrible
+circular abyss, the Coal Sack. So sharply defined is it, so
+suggestive of a void and bottomless cavern, that the
+contemplation of it afflicts the imaginative mind with vertigo.
+To the naked eye it is as black and as dismal as death, but the
+smallest telescope reveals it beautiful and populous with stars.
+
+Lestrange's eyes travelled from this mystery to the burning
+cross, and the nameless and numberless stars reaching to the
+sea-line, where they paled and vanished in the light of the rising
+moon. Then he became aware of a figure promenading the quarter-
+deck. It was the "Old Man."
+
+A sea captain is always the "old man," be his age what it may.
+Captain Le Farges' age might have been forty-five. He was a sailor
+of the Jean Bart type, of French descent, but a naturalised
+American.
+
+"I don't know where the wind's gone," said the captain as he drew
+near the man in the deck chair. "I guess it's blown a hole in the
+firmament, and escaped somewheres to the back of beyond."
+
+"It's been a long voyage," said Lestrange; "and I'm thinking,
+Captain, it will be a very long voyage for me. My port's not
+'Frisco; I feel it."
+
+"Don't you be thinking that sort of thing," said the other, taking
+his seat in a chair close by. "There's no manner of use forecastin'
+the weather a month ahead. Now we're in warm latitoods, your
+glass will rise steady, and you'll be as right and spry as any one
+of us, before we fetch the Golden Gates."
+
+"I'm thinking about the children," said Lestrange, seeming not to
+hear the captain's words. "Should anything happen to me before
+we reach port, I should like you to do something for me. It's only
+this: dispose of my body without--without the children knowing.
+It has been in my mind to ask you this for some days. Captain,
+those children know nothing of death."
+
+Le Farge moved uneasily in his chair.
+
+"Little Emmeline's mother died when she was two. Her father--
+my brother--died before she was born. Dicky never knew a
+mother; she died giving him birth. My God, Captain, death has laid
+a heavy hand on my family; can you wonder that I have hid his very
+name from those two creatures that I love!"
+
+"Ay, ay," said Le Farge, "it's sad! it's sad! "
+
+"When I was quite a child," went on Lestrange, "a child no older
+than Dicky, my nurse used to terrify me with tales about dead
+people. I was told I'd go to hell when I died if I wasn't a good
+child. I cannot tell you how much that has poisoned my life, for
+the thoughts we think in childhood, Captain, are the fathers of the
+thoughts we think when we are grown up. And can a diseased
+father have healthy children?"
+
+"I guess not."
+
+"So I just said, when these two tiny creatures came into my care,
+that I would do all in my power to protect them from the terrors
+of life--or rather, I should say, from the terror of death. I don't
+know whether I have done right, but I have done it for the best.
+They had a cat, and one day Dicky came in to me and said: `Father,
+pussy's in the garden asleep, and I can't wake her.' So I just took
+him out for a walk; there was a circus in the town, and I took him
+to it. It so filled his mind that he quite forgot the cat. Next day he
+asked for her. I did not tell him she was buried in the garden, I
+just said she must have run away. In a week he had forgotten all
+about her--children soon forget."
+
+"Ay, that's true," said the sea captain. "But 'pears to me they must
+learn some time they've got to die."
+
+"Should I pay the penalty before we reach land, and be cast into
+that great, vast sea, I would not wish the children's dreams to be
+haunted by the thought: just tell them I've gone on board another
+ship. You will take them back to Boston; I have here, in a letter,
+the name of a lady who will care for them. Dicky will be well off,
+as far as worldly goods are concerned, and so will Emmeline. Just
+tell them I've gone on board another ship-- children soon forget."
+
+"I'll do what you ask," said the seaman.
+
+The moon was over the horizon now, and the Northumberland
+lay adrift in a river of silver. Every spar was distinct, every reef
+point on the great sails, and the decks lay like spaces of frost cut
+by shadows black as ebony.
+
+As the two men sat without speaking, thinking their own
+thoughts, a little white figure emerged from the saloon hatch. It
+was Emmeline. She was a professed sleepwalker--a past
+mistress of the art.
+
+Scarcely had she stepped into dreamland than she had lost her
+precious box, and now she was hunting for it on the decks of the
+Northumberland.
+
+Mr Lestrange put his finger to his lips, took off his shoes and
+silently followed her. She searched behind a coil of rope, she
+tried to open the galley door; hither and thither she wandered,
+wide-eyed and troubled of face, till at last, in the shadow of the
+hencoop, she found her visionary treasure. Then back she came,
+holding up her little nightdress with one hand, so as not to trip,
+and vanished down the saloon companion very hurriedly, as if
+anxious to get back to bed, her uncle close behind, with one hand
+outstretched so as to catch her in case she stumbled.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE SHADOW AND THE FIRE
+
+It was the fourth day of the long calm. An awning had been rigged
+up on the poop for the passengers, and under it sat Lestrange,
+trying to read, and the children trying to play. The heat and
+monotony had reduced even Dicky to just a surly mass, languid in
+movement as a grub. As for Emmeline, she seemed dazed. The rag-
+doll lay a yard away from her on the poop deck, unnursed; even the
+wretched box and its whereabouts she seemed to have quite
+forgotten.
+
+"Daddy!" suddenly cried Dick, who had clambered up, and was
+looking over the after-rail.
+
+"What?"
+
+"Fish!"
+
+Lestrange rose to his feet, came aft and looked over the rail.
+
+Down in the vague green of the water something moved,
+something pale and long--a ghastly form. It vanished; and yet
+another came, neared the surface, and displayed itself more fully.
+Lestrange saw its eyes, he saw the dark fin, and the whole
+hideous length of the creature; a shudder ran through him as he
+clasped Dicky.
+
+"Ain't he fine?" said the child. "I guess, daddy, I'd pull him aboard
+if I had a hook. Why haven't I a hook, daddy? Why haven't I a hook,
+daddy?-- Ow, you're SQUEEZIN' me!"
+
+Something plucked at Lestrange's coat: it was Emmeline--she
+also wanted to look. He lifted her up in his arms; her little pale
+face peeped over the rail, but there was nothing to see: the forms
+of terror had vanished, leaving the green depths untroubled and
+unstained.
+
+"What's they called, daddy?" persisted Dick, as his father took
+him down from the rail, and led him back to the chair.
+
+"Sharks," said Lestrange, whose face was covered with
+perspiration.
+
+He picked up the book he had been reading--it was a volume of
+Tennyson--and he sat with it on his knees staring at the white
+sunlit main-deck barred with the white shadows of the standing
+rigging.
+
+The sea had disclosed to him a vision. Poetry, Philosophy, Beauty,
+Art, the love and joy of life--was it possible that these should
+exist in the same world as those?
+
+He glanced at the book upon his knees, and contrasted the
+beautiful things in it which he remembered with the terrible
+things he had just seen, the things that were waiting for their
+food under the keel of the ship.
+
+It was three bells--half-past three in the afternoon--and the
+ship's bell had just rung out. The stewardess appeared to take the
+children below; and as they vanished down the saloon
+companionway, Captain Le Farge came aft, on to the poop, and
+stood for a moment looking over the sea on the port side, where a
+bank of fog had suddenly appeared like the spectre of a country.
+
+"The sun has dimmed a bit," said he; "I can a'most look at it. Glass
+steady enough--there's a fog coming up--ever seen a Pacific
+fog?"
+
+"No, never."
+
+"Well, you won't want to see another," replied the mariner,
+shading his eyes and fixing them upon the sea-line. The sea-line
+away to starboard had lost somewhat its distinctness, and over
+the day an almost imperceptible shade had crept.
+
+The captain suddenly turned from his contemplation of the sea
+and sky, raised his head and sniffed.
+
+"Something is burning somewhere--smell it? Seems to me like an
+old mat or summat. It's that swab of a steward, maybe; if he isn't
+breaking glass, he's upsetting lamps and burning holes in the
+carpet. Bless MY soul, I'd sooner have a dozen Mary Anns an' their
+dustpans round the place than one tomfool steward like Jenkins."
+He went to the saloon hatch. "Below there!"
+
+"Ay, ay, sir."
+
+"What are you burning?"
+
+"I an't burnin' northen, sir."
+
+"Tell you, I smell it!"
+
+"There's northen burnin' here, sir."
+
+"Neither is there; it's all on deck. Something in the galley,
+maybe-- rags, most likely, they've thrown on the fire."
+
+"Captain!" said Lestrange.
+
+"Ay, ay."
+
+"Come here, please."
+
+Le Farge climbed on to the poop.
+
+"I don't know whether it's my weakness that's affecting my eyes,
+but there seems to me something strange about the main-mast."
+
+The main-mast near where it entered the deck, and for some
+distance up, seemed in motion--a corkscrew movement most
+strange to watch from the shelter of the awning.
+
+This apparent movement was caused by a spiral haze of smoke so
+vague that one could only tell of its existence from the mirage-
+like tremor of the mast round which it curled.
+
+"My God!" cried Le Farge, as he sprang from the poop and rushed
+forward.
+
+Lestrange followed him slowly, stopping every moment to clutch
+the bulwark rail and pant for breath. He heard the shrill bird-like
+notes of the bosun's pipe. He saw the hands emerging from the
+forecastle, like bees out of a hive; he watched them surrounding
+the main-hatch. He watched the tarpaulin and locking-bars
+removed. He saw the hatch opened, and a burst of smoke--black,
+villainous smoke--ascend to the sky, solid as a plume in the
+windless air.
+
+Lestrange was a man of a highly nervous temperament, and it is
+just this sort of man who keeps his head in an emergency, whilst
+your level-headed, phlegmatic individual loses his balance. His
+first thought was of the children, his second of the boats.
+
+In the battering off Cape Horn the Northumberland lost several
+of her boats. There were left the long-boat, a quarter-boat, and
+the dinghy. He heard Le Farge's voice ordering the hatch to be
+closed and the pumps manned, so as to flood the hold; and,
+knowing that he could do nothing on deck, he made as swiftly as
+he could for the saloon companionway.
+
+Mrs Stannard was just coming out of the children's cabin.
+
+"Are the children lying down, Mrs Stannard?" asked Lestrange,
+almost breathless from the excitement and exertion of the last
+few minutes.
+
+The woman glanced at him with frightened eyes. He looked like
+the very herald of disaster.
+
+"For if they are, and you have undressed them, then you must put
+their clothes on again. The ship is on fire, Mrs Stannard."
+
+"Good God, sir!"
+
+"Listen!" said Lestrange.
+
+From a distance, thin, and dreary as the crying of sea-gulls on a
+desolate beach, came the clanking of the pumps.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+AND LIKE A DREAM DISSOLVED
+
+Before the woman had time to speak a thunderous step was heard
+on the companion stairs, and Le Farge broke into the saloon. The
+man's face was injected with blood, his eyes were fixed and
+glassy like the eyes of a drunkard, and the veins stood on his
+temples like twisted cords.
+
+"Get those children ready!" he shouted, as he rushed into his own
+cabin. "Get you all ready--boats are being swung out and
+victualled. Ho! where are those papers?"
+
+They heard him furiously searching and collecting things in his
+cabin--the ship's papers, accounts, things the master mariner
+clings to as he clings to his life; and as he searched, and found,
+and packed, he kept bellowing orders for the children to be got on
+deck. Half mad he seemed, and half mad he was with the
+knowledge of the terrible thing that was stowed amidst the
+cargo.
+
+Up on deck the crew, under the direction of the first mate, were
+working in an orderly manner, and with a will, utterly
+unconscious of there being anything beneath their feet but an
+ordinary cargo on fire. The covers had been stripped from the
+boats, kegs of water and bags of biscuit placed in them. The
+dinghy, smallest of the boats and most easily got away, was
+hanging at the port quarter-boat davits flush with the bulwarks;
+and Paddy Button was in the act of stowing a keg of water in her,
+when Le Farge broke on to the deck, followed by the stewardess
+carrying Emmeline, and Mr Lestrange leading Dick. The dinghy was
+rather a larger boat than the ordinary ships' dinghy, and
+possessed a small mast and long sail. Two sailors stood ready to
+man the falls, and Paddy Button was just turning to trundle
+forward again when the captain seized him.
+
+"Into the dinghy with you," he cried, "and row these children and
+the passenger out a mile from the ship--two miles, three miles,
+make an offing."
+
+"Sure, Captain dear, I've left me fiddle in the--"
+
+Le Farge dropped the bundle of things he was holding under his
+left arm, seized the old sailor and rushed him against the
+bulwarks, as if he meant to fling him into the sea THROUGH the
+bulwarks.
+
+Next moment Mr Button was in the boat. Emmeline was handed to
+him, pale of face and wide-eyed, and clasping something wrapped
+in a little shawl; then Dick, and then Mr Lestrange was helped
+over.
+
+"No room for more!" cried Le Farge. "Your place will be in the long-
+boat, Mrs Stannard, if we have to leave the ship. Lower away,
+lower away!"
+
+The boat sank towards the smooth blue sea, kissed it and was
+afloat.
+
+Now Mr Button, before joining the ship at Boston, had spent a
+good while lingering by the quay, having no money wherewith to
+enjoy himself in a tavern. He had seen something of the lading of
+the Northumberland, and heard more from a stevedore. No
+sooner had he cast off the falls and seized the oars, than his
+knowledge awoke in his mind, living and lurid. He gave a whoop
+that brought the two sailors leaning over the side.
+
+"Bullies!"
+
+"Ay, ay!"
+
+"Run for your lives I've just rimimbered--there's two bar'ls of
+blastin' powther in the houldt."
+
+Then he bent to his oars, as no man ever bent before. Lestrange,
+sitting in the stern-sheets clasping Emmeline and Dick, saw
+nothing for a moment after hearing these words. The children,
+who knew nothing of blasting powder or its effects, though half
+frightened by all the bustle and excitement, were still amused
+and pleased at finding themselves in the little boat so close to
+the blue pretty sea.
+
+Dick put his finger over the side, so that it made a ripple in the
+water (the most delightful experience of childhood). Emmeline,
+with one hand clasped in her uncle's, watched Mr Button with a
+grave sort of half pleasure.
+
+He certainly was a sight worth watching. His soul was filled with
+tragedy and terror. His Celtic imagination heard the ship blowing
+up, saw himself and the little dinghy blown to pieces--nay, saw
+himself in hell, being toasted by "divils."
+
+But tragedy and terror could find no room for expression on his
+fortunate or unfortunate face. He puffed and he blew, bulging his
+cheeks out at the sky as he tugged at the oars, making a hundred
+and one grimaces--all the outcome of agony of mind, but none
+expressing it. Behind lay the ship, a picture not without its
+lighter side. The long-boat and the quarter-boat, lowered with a
+rush and seaborne by the mercy of Providence, were floating by
+the side of the Northumberland.
+
+From the ship men were casting themselves overboard like
+water-rats, swimming in the water like ducks, scrambling on
+board the boats anyhow.
+
+From the half-opened main-hatch the black smoke, mixed now
+with sparks, rose steadily and swiftly and spitefulIy, as if driven
+through the half-closed teeth of a dragon.
+
+A mile away beyond the Northumberland stood the fog bank. It
+looked solid, like a vast country that had suddenly and strangely
+built itself on the sea--a country where no birds sang and no
+trees grew. A country with white, precipitous cliffs, solid to look
+at as the cliffs of Dover.
+
+"I'm spint!" suddenly gasped the oarsman, resting the oar handles
+under the crook of his knees, and bending down as if he was
+preparing to butt at the passengers in the stern-sheets. "Blow up
+or blow down, I'm spint, don't ax me, I'm spint."
+
+Mr Lestrange, white as a ghost, but recovered somewhat from his
+first horror, gave the Spent One time to recover himself and
+turned to look at the ship. She seemed a great distance off, and
+the boats, well away from her, were making at a furious pace
+towards the dinghy. Dick was still playing with the water, but
+Emmeline's eyes were entirely occupied with Paddy Button. New
+things were always of vast interest to her contemplative mind,
+and these evolutions of her old friend were eminently new.
+
+She had seen him swilling the decks, she had seen him dancing a
+jig, she had seen him going round the main deck on all fours with
+Dick on his back, but she had never seen him going on like this
+before.
+
+She perceived now that he was exhausted, and in trouble about
+something, and, putting her hand in the pocket of her dress, she
+searched for something that she knew was there. She produced a
+Tangerine orange, and leaning forward she touched the Spent
+One's head with it.
+
+Mr Button raised his head, stared vacantly for a second, saw the
+proffered orange, and at the sight of it the thought of "the
+childer" and their innocence, himself and the blasting powder,
+cleared his dazzled wits, and he took to the sculls again.
+
+"Daddy," said Dick, who had been looking astern, "there's clouds
+near the ship."
+
+In an incredibly short space of time the solid cliffs of fog had
+broken. The faint wind that had banked it had pierced it, and was
+now making pictures and devices of it, most wonderful and weird
+to see. Horsemen of the mist rode on the water, and were dis-
+solved; billows rolled on the sea, yet were not of the sea;
+blankets and spirals of vapour ascended to high heaven. And all
+with a terrible languor of movement. Vast and lazy and sinister,
+yet steadfast of purpose as Fate or Death, the fog advanced,
+taking the world for its own.
+
+Against this grey and indescribably sombre background stood the
+smouldering ship with the breeze already shivering in her sails,
+and the smoke from her main-hatch blowing and beckoning as if to
+the retreating boats.
+
+"Why's the ship smoking like that?" asked Dick. "And look at those
+boats coming--when are we going back, daddy?"
+
+"Uncle," said Emmeline, putting her hand in his, as she gazed
+towards the ship and beyond it, "I'm 'fraid."
+
+"What frightens you, Emmy?" he asked, drawing her to him.
+
+"Shapes," replied Emmeline, nestling up to his side.
+
+"Oh, Glory be to God!"gasped the old sailor, suddenly resting on
+his oars. "Will yiz look at the fog that's comin'--"
+
+"I think we had better wait here for the boats," said Mr
+Lestrange; "we are far enough now to be safe if anything happens."
+
+"Ay, ay," replied the oarsman, whose wits had returned. "Blow up
+or blow down, she won't hit us from here."
+
+"Daddy," said Dick, "when are we going back? I want my tea."
+
+"We aren't going back, my child," replied his father. "The ship's on
+fire; we are waiting for another ship."
+
+"Where's the other ship?" asked the child, looking round at the
+horizon that was clear.
+
+"We can't see it yet," replied the unhappy man, "but it will come."
+
+The long-boat and the quarter-boat were slowly approaching. They
+looked like beetles crawling over the water, and after them
+across the glittering surface came a dullness that took the
+sparkle from the sea--a dullness that swept and spread like an
+eclipse shadow.
+
+Now the wind struck the dinghy. It was like a wind from
+fairyland, almost imperceptible, chill, and dimming the sun. A
+wind from Lilliput. As it struck the dinghy, the fog took the
+distant ship.
+
+It was a most extraordinary sight, for in less than thirty seconds
+the ship of wood became a ship of gauze, a tracery flickered, and
+was gone forever from the sight of man.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+VOICES HEARD IN THE MIST
+
+The sun became fainter still, and vanished. Though the air round
+the dinghy seemed quite clear, the on-coming boats were hazy and
+dim, and that part of the horizon that had been fairly clear was
+now blotted out.
+
+The long-boat was leading by a good way. When she was within
+hailing distance the captain's voice came.
+
+"Dinghy ahoy!"
+
+"Ahoy!"
+
+"Fetch alongside here!"
+
+The long-boat ceased rowing to wait for the quarter-boat that
+was slowly creeping up. She was a heavy boat to pull at all times,
+and now she was overloaded.
+
+The wrath of Captain Le Farge with Paddy Button for the way he
+had stampeded the crew was profound, but he had not time to give
+vent to it.
+
+"Here, get aboard us, Mr Lestrange!" said he, when the dinghy was
+alongside; "we have room for one. Mrs Stannard is in the quarter-
+boat, and it's overcrowded; she's better aboard the dinghy, for she
+can look after the kids. Come, hurry up, the smother is coming
+down on us fast. Ahoy!"--to the quarter-boat, "hurry up, hurry
+up."
+
+The quarter-boat had suddenly vanished.
+
+Mr Lestrange climbed into the long-boat. Paddy pushed the dinghy
+a few yards away with the tip of a scull, and then lay on his oars
+waiting.
+
+"Ahoy! ahoy!" cried Le Farge.
+
+"Ahoy!" came from the fog bank.
+
+Next moment the long-boat and the dinghy vanished from each
+other's sight: the great fog bank had taken them.
+
+Now a couple of strokes of the port scull would have brought Mr
+Button alongside the long-boat, so close was he; but the quarter-
+boat was in his mind, or rather imagination, so what must he do
+but take three powerful strokes in the direction in which he
+fancied the quarter-boat to be.
+
+The rest was voices.
+
+"Dinghy ahoy!"
+
+"Ahoy!"
+
+"Ahoy!"
+
+"Don't be shoutin' together, or I'll not know which way to pull.
+Quarter-boat ahoy! where are yez?"
+
+"Port your helm!"
+
+"Ay, ay!" putting his helm, so to speak, to starboard--"I'll be wid
+yiz in wan minute, two or three minutes' hard pulling."
+
+"Ahoy !"--much more faint.
+
+"What d'ye mane rowin' away from me?"--a dozen strokes.
+
+"Ahoy!" fainter still.
+
+Mr Button rested on his oars.
+
+"Divil mend them I b'lave that was the long-boat shoutin'."
+
+He took to his oars again and pulled vigorously.
+
+"Paddy," came Dick's small voice, apparently from nowhere,
+"where are we now?"
+
+"Sure, we're in a fog; where else would we be? Don't you be
+affeared."
+
+"I ain't affeared, but Em's shivering."
+
+"Give her me coat," said the oarsman, resting on his oars and
+taking it off. "Wrap it round her; and when it's round her we'll all
+let one big halloo together. There's an ould shawl som'er in the
+boat, but I can't be after lookin' for it now."
+
+He held out the coat and an almost invisible hand took it; at the
+same moment a tremendous report shook the sea and sky.
+
+"There she goes," said Mr Button; "an' me old fiddle an' all. Don't
+be frightened, childer; it's only a gun they're firin' for divarsion.
+Now we'll all halloo togither--are yiz ready?"
+
+"Ay, ay," said Dick, who was a picker-up of sea terms.
+
+"Halloo!" yelled Pat.
+
+"Halloo! Halloo!" piped Dick and Emmeline.
+
+A faint reply came, but from where, it was difficult to say. The
+old man rowed a few strokes and then paused on his oars. So still
+was the surface of the sea that the chuckling of the water at the
+boat's bow as she drove forward under the impetus of the last
+powerful stroke could be heard distinctly. It died out as she lost
+way, and silence closed round them like a ring.
+
+The light from above, a light that seemed to come through a vast
+scuttle of deeply muffed glass, faint though it was, almost to
+extinction, still varied as the little boat floated through the
+strata of the mist.
+
+A great sea fog is not homogeneous--its density varies: it is
+honeycombed with streets, it has its caves of clear air, its cliffs
+of solid vapour, all shifting and changing place with the subtlety
+of legerdemain. It has also this wizard peculiarity, that it grows
+with the sinking of the sun and the approach of darkness.
+
+The sun, could they have seen it, was now leaving the horizon.
+
+They called again. Then they waited, but there was no response.
+
+"There's no use bawlin' like bulls to chaps that's deaf as adders,"
+said the old sailor, shipping his oars; immediately upon which
+declaration he gave another shout, with the same result as far as
+eliciting a reply.
+
+"Mr Button!" came Emmeline's voice.
+
+"What is it, honey?"
+
+"I'm 'fraid."
+
+"You wait wan minit till I find the shawl-- here it is, by the same
+token!--an' I'll wrap you up in it."
+
+He crept cautiously aft to the stern-sheets and took Emmeline in
+his arms.
+
+"Don't want the shawl," said Emmeline; "I'm not so much afraid in
+your coat." The rough, tobacco-smelling old coat gave her courage
+somehow.
+
+"Well, thin, keep it on. Dicky, are you cowld?"
+
+"I've got into daddy's great coat; he left it behind him."
+
+"Well, thin, I'll put the shawl round me own shoulders, for it's
+cowld I am. Are ya hungray, childer?"
+
+"No," said Dick, "but I'm direfully slapy?"
+
+"Slapy, is it? Well, down you get in the bottom of the boat, and
+here's the shawl for a pilla. I'll be rowin' again in a minit to keep
+meself warm."
+
+He buttoned the top button of the coat.
+
+"I'm a'right," murmured Emmeline in a dreamy voice.
+
+"Shut your eyes tight," replied Mr Button, "or Billy Winker will be
+dridgin' sand in them.
+
+ `Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
+ Sho-hu-lo, sho-hu-lo.
+ Shoheen, shoheen, shoheen, shoheen,
+ Hush a by the babby 0.'"
+
+It was the tag of an old nursery folk-song they sing in the hovels
+of the Achill coast fixed in his memory, along with the rain and
+the wind and the smell of the burning turf, and the grunting of the
+pig and the knickety-knock of a rocking cradle.
+
+"She's off," murmured Mr Button to himself, as the form in his
+arms relaxed. Then he laid her gently down beside Dick. He shifted
+forward, moving like a crab. Then he put his hand to his pocket for
+his pipe and tobacco and tinder box. They were in his coat pocket,
+but Emmeline was in his coat. To search for them would be to
+awaken her.
+
+The darkness of night was now adding itself to the blindness of
+the fog. The oarsman could not see even the thole pins. He sat
+adrift mind and body. He was, to use his own expression,
+"moithered." Haunted by the mist, tormented by "shapes."
+
+It was just in a fog like this that the Merrows could be heard
+disporting in Dunbeg bay, and off the Achill coast. Sporting and
+laughing, and hallooing through the mist, to lead unfortunate
+fishermen astray.
+
+Merrows are not altogether evil, but they have green hair and
+teeth, fishes' tails and fins for arms; and to hear them walloping
+in the water around you like salmon, and you alone in a small
+boat, with the dread of one coming floundering on board, is enough
+to turn a man's hair grey.
+
+For a moment he thought of awakening the children to keep him
+company, but he was ashamed. Then he took to the sculls again,
+and rowed "by the feel of the water." The creak of the oars was
+like a companion's voice, the exercise lulled his fears. Now and
+again, forgetful of the sleeping children, he gave a halloo, and
+paused to listen. But no answer came.
+
+Then he continued rowing, long, steady, laborious strokes, each
+taking him further and further from the boats that he was never
+destined to sight again.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+DAWN ON A WIDE, WIDE SEA
+
+"Is it aslape I've been?" said Mr Button, suddenly awaking with a
+start.
+
+He had shipped his oars just for a minute's rest. He must have
+slept for hours, for now, behold, a warm, gentle wind was
+blowing, the moon was shining, and the fog was gone.
+
+"Is it dhraming I've been?" continued the awakened one.
+
+"Where am I at all, at all? O musha! sure, here I am. O wirra!
+wirra! I dreamt I'd gone aslape on the main-hatch and the ship
+was blown up with powther, and it's all come true."
+
+"Mr Button!" came a small voice from the stern-sheets
+(Emmeline's).
+
+"What is it, honey?"
+
+"Where are we now?"
+
+"Sure, we're afloat on the say, acushla; where else would we be?"
+
+"Where's uncle?"
+
+"He's beyant there in the long-boat--he'll be afther us in a minit."
+
+"I want a drink."
+
+He filled a tin pannikin that was by the beaker of water, and gave
+her a drink. Then he took his pipe and tobacco from his coat
+pocket.
+
+She almost immediately fell asleep again beside Dick, who had
+not stirred or moved; and the old sailor, standing up and steadying
+himself, cast his eyes round the horizon. Not a sign of sail or boat
+was there on all the moonlit sea.
+
+From the low elevation of an open boat one has a very small
+horizon, and in the vague world of moonlight somewhere round
+about it was possible that the boats might be near enough to show
+up at daybreak.
+
+But open boats a few miles apart may be separated by long
+leagues in the course of a few hours. Nothing is more mysterious
+than the currents of the sea.
+
+The ocean is an ocean of rivers, some swiftly flowing, some slow,
+and a league from where you are drifting at the rate of a mile an
+hour another boat may be drifting two.
+
+A slight warm breeze was frosting the water, blending moonshine
+and star shimmer; the ocean lay like a lake, yet the nearest
+mainland was perhaps a thousand miles away.
+
+The thoughts of youth may be long, long thoughts, but not longer
+than the thoughts of this old sailor man smoking his pipe under
+the stars. Thoughts as long as the world is round. Blazing bar
+rooms in Callao--harbours over whose oily surfaces the sampans
+slipped like water-beetles--the lights of Macao--the docks of
+London. Scarcely ever a sea picture, pure and simple, for why
+should an old seaman care to think about the sea, where life is all
+into the fo'cs'le and out again, where one voyage blends and
+jumbles with another, where after forty-five years of reefing
+topsails you can't well remember off which ship it was Jack
+Rafferty fell overboard, or who it was killed who in the fo'cs'le
+of what, though you can still see, as in a mirror darkly, the fight,
+and the bloody face over which a man is holding a kerosene lamp.
+
+I doubt if Paddy Button could have told you the name of the first
+ship he ever sailed in. If you had asked him, he would probably
+have replied: "I disremimber; it was to the Baltic, and cruel cowld
+weather, and I was say-sick till I near brought me boots up; and it
+was 'O for ould Ireland!' I was cryin' all the time, an' the captin
+dhrummin me back with a rope's end to the tune uv it--but the
+name of the hooker--I disremimber--bad luck to her, whoever she
+was!"
+
+So he sat smoking his pipe, whilst the candles of heaven burned
+above him, and calling to mind roaring drunken scenes and
+palmshadowed harbours, and the men and the women he had
+known--such men and such women! The derelicts of the earth and
+the ocean. Then he nodded off to sleep again, and when he awoke
+the moon had gone.
+
+Now in the eastern sky might have been seen a pale fan of light,
+vague as the wing of an ephemera. It vanished and changed back to
+darkness.
+
+Presently, and almost at a stroke, a pencil of fire ruled a line
+along the eastern horizon, and the eastern sky became more
+beautiful than a rose leaf plucked in May. The line of fire
+contracted into one increasing spot, the rim of the rising sun.
+
+As the light increased the sky above became of a blue impossible
+to imagine unless seen, a wan blue, yet living and sparkling as if
+born of the impalpable dust of sapphires. Then the whole sea
+flashed like the harp of Apollo touched by the fingers of the god.
+The light was music to the soul. It was day.
+
+"Daddy!" suddenly cried Dick, sitting up in the sunlight and rubbing
+his eyes with his open palms. "Where are we?"
+
+"All right, Dicky, me son!" cried the old sailor, who had been
+standing up casting his eyes round in a vain endeavour to sight the
+boats. "Your daddy's as safe as if he was in hivin; he'll be wid us
+in a minit, an' bring another ship along with him. So you're awake,
+are you, Em'line?"
+
+Emmeline, sitting up in the old pilot coat, nodded in reply without
+speaking. Another child might have supplemented Dick's enquiries
+as to her uncle by questions of her own, but she did not.
+
+Did she guess that there was some subterfuge in Mr Button's
+answer, and that things were different from what he was making
+them out to be? Who can tell?
+
+She was wearing an old cap of Dick's, which Mrs Stannard in the
+hurry and confusion had popped on her head. It was pushed to one
+side, and she made a quaint enough little figure as she sat up in
+the early morning brightness, dressed in the old salt-stained coat
+beside Dick, whose straw hat was somewhere in the bottom of
+the boat, and whose auburn locks were blowing in the faint
+breeze.
+
+"Hurroo!" cried Dick, looking around at the blue and sparkling
+water, and banging with a stretcher on the bottom of the boat.
+"I'm goin' to be a sailor, aren't I, Paddy? You'll let me sail the
+boat, won't you, Paddy, an' show me how to row?"
+
+"Aisy does it," said Paddy, taking hold of the child. "I haven't a
+sponge or towel, but I'll just wash your face in salt wather and
+lave you to dry in the sun."
+
+He filled the bailing tin with sea water.
+
+"I don't want to wash!" shouted Dick.
+
+"Stick your face into the water in the tin," commanded Paddy. "You
+wouldn't be going about the place with your face like a sut-bag,
+would you?"
+
+"Stick yours in!" commanded the other.
+
+Button did so, and made a hub-bubbling noise in the water; then he
+lifted a wet and streaming face, and flung the contents of the
+bailing tin overboard.
+
+"Now you've lost your chance," said this arch nursery strategist,
+"all the water's gone."
+
+"There's more in the sea."
+
+"There's no more to wash with, not till to-morrow--the fishes
+don't allow it."
+
+"I want to wash," grumbled Dick. "I want to stick my face in the
+tin, same's you did; 'sides, Em hasn't washed."
+
+"I don't mind," murmured Emmeline.
+
+"Well, thin," said Mr Button, as if making a sudden resolve, "I'll ax
+the sharks." He leaned over the boat's side, his face close to the
+surface of the water. "Halloo there!" he shouted, and then bent his
+head sideways to listen; the children also looked over the side,
+deeply interested.
+
+"Halloo there! Are y'aslape? Oh, there y'are! Here's a spalpeen
+with a dhirty face, an's wishful to wash it; may I take a bailin'
+tin of-- Oh, thank your 'arner, thank your 'arner--good day to you,
+and my respects."
+
+"What did the shark say, Mr Button?" asked Emmeline.
+
+"He said: `Take a bar'l full, an' welcome, Mister Button; an' it's
+wishful I am I had a drop of the crathur to offer you this fine
+marnin'.' Thin he popped his head under his fin and went aslape
+agin; leastwise, I heard him snore."
+
+Emmeline nearly always "Mr Buttoned" her friend; sometimes she
+called him "Mr Paddy." As for Dick, it was always "Paddy," pure
+and simple. Children have etiquettes of their own.
+
+It must often strike landsmen and landswomen that the most
+terrible experience when cast away at sea in an open boat is the
+total absence of privacy. It seems an outrage on decency on the
+part of Providence to herd people together so. But, whoever has
+gone through the experience will bear me out that the human mind
+enlarges, and things that would shock us ashore are as nothing out
+there, face to face with eternity.
+
+If so with grown-up people, how much more so with this old
+shell-back and his two charges?
+
+And indeed Mr Button was a person who called a spade a spade,
+had no more conventions than a walrus, and looked after his two
+charges just as a nursemaid might look after her charges, or a
+walrus after its young.
+
+There was a large bag of biscuits in the boat, and some tinned
+stuff--mostly sardines.
+
+I have known a sailor to open a box of sardines with a tin tack. He
+was in prison, the sardines had been smuggled into him, and he
+had no can-opener. Only his genius and a tin tack.
+
+Paddy had a jack-knife, however, and in a marvellously short time
+a box of sardines was opened, and placed on the stern-sheets
+beside some biscuits.
+
+These, with some water and Emmeline's Tangerine orange, which
+she produced and added to the common store, formed the feast,
+and they fell to. When they had finished, the remains were put
+carefully away, and they
+proceeded to step the tiny mast.
+
+The sailor, when the mast was in its place, stood for a moment
+resting his hand on it, and gazing around him over the vast and
+voiceless blue.
+
+The Pacific has three blues: the blue of morning, the blue of
+midday, and the blue of evening. But the blue of morning is the
+happiest: the happiest thing in colour--sparkling, vague, newborn-
+-the blue of heaven and youth.
+
+"What are you looking for, Paddy?" asked Dick.
+
+"Say-gulls," replied the prevaricator; then to himself: "Not a sight
+or a sound of them! Musha! musha! which way will I steer--north,
+south, aist, or west? It's all wan, for if I steer to the aist, they
+may be in the west; and if I steer to the west, they may be in the
+aist; and I can't steer to the west, for I'd be steering right in the
+wind's eye. Aist it is; I'll make a soldier's wind of it, and thrust
+to chance."
+
+He set the sail and came aft with the sheet. Then he shifted the
+rudder, lit a pipe, leaned luxuriously back and gave the bellying
+sail to the gentle breeze.
+
+It was part of his profession, part of his nature, that, steering,
+maybe, straight towards death by starvation and thirst, he was as
+unconcerned as if he were taking the children for a summer's sail.
+His imagination dealt little with the future; almost entirely
+influenced by his immediate surroundings, it could conjure up no
+fears from the scene now before it. The children were the same.
+
+Never was there a happier starting, more joy in a little boat.
+During breakfast the seaman had given his charges to understand
+that if Dick did not meet his father and Emmeline her uncle in a
+"while or two," it was because he had gone on board a ship, and
+he'd be along presently. The terror of their position was as deeply
+veiled from them as eternity is veiled from you or me.
+
+The Pacific was still bound by one of those glacial calms that can
+only occur when the sea has been free from storms for a vast
+extent of its surface, for a hurricane down by the Horn will send
+its swell and disturbance beyond the Marquesas. De Bois in his
+table of amplitudes points out that more than half the sea
+disturbances at any given space are caused, not by the wind, but
+by storms at a great distance.
+
+But the sleep of the Pacific is only apparent. This placid lake,
+over which the dinghy was pursuing the running ripple, was
+heaving to an imperceptible swell and breaking on the shores of
+the Low Archipelago, and the Marquesas in foam and thunder.
+
+Emmeline's rag-doll was a shocking affair from a hygienic or
+artistic standpoint. Its face was just inked on, it had no features,
+no arms; yet not for all the dolls in the world would she have
+exchanged this filthy and nearly formless thing. It was a fetish.
+
+She sat nursing it on one side of the helmsman, whilst Dick, on
+the other side, hung his nose over the water, on the look-out for
+fish.
+
+"Why do you smoke, Mr Button?" asked Emmeline, who had been
+watching her friend for some time in silence.
+
+"To aise me thrubbles," replied Paddy.
+
+He was leaning back with one eye shut and the other fixed on the
+luff of the sail. He was in his element: nothing to do but steer and
+smoke, warmed by the sun and cooled by the breeze. A landsman
+would have been half demented in his condition, many a sailor
+would have been taciturn and surly, on the look-out for sails, and
+alternately damning his soul and praying to his God. Paddy
+smoked.
+
+"Whoop!" cried Dick. "Look, Paddy!'
+
+An albicore a few cables-lengths to port had taken a flying leap
+from the flashing sea, turned a complete somersault and vanished.
+
+"It's an albicore takin' a buck lep. Hundreds I've seen before this;
+he's bein' chased."
+
+"What's chasing him, Paddy?"
+
+"What's chasin' him? why, what else but the gibly-gobly ums!"
+
+Before Dick could enquire as to the personal appearance and
+habits of the latter, a shoal of silver arrow heads passed the boat
+and flittered into the water with a hissing sound.
+
+"Thim's flyin' fish. What are you sayin'?--fish can't fly! Where's
+the eyes in your head?"
+
+"Are the gibblyums chasing them too?" asked Emmeline fearfully.
+
+"No; 'tis the Billy balloos that's afther thim. Don't be axin' me any
+more questions now, or I'll be tellin' you lies in a minit."
+
+Emmeline, it will be remembered, had brought a small parcel with
+her done up in a little shawl; it was under the boat seat, and
+every now and then she would stoop down to see if it were safe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+STORY OF THE PIG AND THE BILLY-GOAT
+
+Every hour or so Mr Button would shake his lethargy off, and rise
+and look round for "seagulls," but the prospect was sail-less as
+the prehistoric sea, wingless, voiceless. When Dick would fret
+now and then, the old sailor would always devise some means of
+amusing him. He made him fishing tackle out of a bent pin and
+some small twine that happened to be in the boat, and told him to
+fish for "pinkeens"; and Dick, with the pathetic faith of childhood,
+fished.
+
+Then he told them things. He had spent a year at Deal long ago,
+where a cousin of his was married to a boatman.
+
+Mr Button had put in a year as a longshoreman at Deal, and he had
+got a great lot to tell of his cousin and her husband, and more
+especially of one, Hannah; Hannah was his cousin's baby--a most
+marvellous child, who was born with its "buck" teeth fully
+developed, and whose first unnatural act on entering the world
+was to make a snap at the "docther." "Hung on to his fist like a
+bull-dog, and him bawlin' `Murther!'"
+
+"Mrs James," said Emmeline, referring to a Boston acquaintance,
+"had a little baby, and it was pink."
+
+"Ay, ay," said Paddy; "they're mostly pink to start with, but they
+fade whin they're washed."
+
+"It'd no teeth," said Emmeline, "for I put my finger in to see."
+
+"The doctor brought it in a bag," put in Dick, who was still
+steadily fishing--"dug it out of a cabbage patch; an' I got a trow'l
+and dug all our cabbage patch up, but there weren't any babies but
+there were no end of worms."
+
+"I wish I had a baby," said Emmeline, "and I wouldn't send it back
+to the cabbage patch.
+
+"The doctor," explained Dick, "took it back and planted it again;
+and Mrs James cried when I asked her, and daddy said it was put
+back to grow and turn into an angel."
+
+"Angels have wings," said Emmeline dreamily.
+
+"And," pursued Dick, "I told cook, and she said to Jane [that] daddy
+was always stuffing children up with--something or 'nother. And
+I asked daddy to let me see him stuffing up a child--and daddy
+said cook'd have to go away for saying that, and she went away
+next day."
+
+"She had three big trunks and a box for her bonnet," said
+Emmeline, with a far-away look as she recalled the incident.
+
+"And the cabman asked her hadn't she any more trunks to put on
+his cab, and hadn't she forgot the parrot cage," said Dick.
+
+"I wish _I_ had a parrot in a cage," murmured Emmeline, moving
+slightly so as to get more in the shadow of the sail.
+
+"And what in the world would you be doin' with a par't in a cage?"
+asked Mr Button.
+
+"I'd let it out," replied Emmeline.
+
+"Spakin' about lettin' par'ts out of cages, I remimber me
+grandfather had an ould pig," said Paddy (they were all talking
+seriously together like equals). "I was a spalpeen no bigger than
+the height of me knee, and I'd go to the sty door, and he'd come to
+the door, and grunt an' blow wid his nose undher it; an' I'd grunt
+back to vex him, an' hammer wid me fist on it, an' shout `Halloo
+there! halloo there!' and `Halloo to you!' he'd say, spakin' the pigs'
+language. `Let me out,' he'd say, `and I'll give yiz a silver shilling.'
+
+"`Pass it under the door,' I'd answer him. Thin he'd stick the snout
+of him undher the door an' I'd hit it a clip with a stick, and he'd
+yell murther Irish. An' me mother'd come out an' baste me, an'
+well I desarved it.
+
+"Well, wan day I opened the sty door, an' out he boulted and away
+and beyant, over hill and hollo he goes till he gets to the edge of
+the cliff overlookin' the say, and there he meets a billy-goat, and
+he and the billy-goat has a division of opinion.
+
+"`Away wid yiz!' says the billy-goat.
+
+"`Away wid yourself!' says he.
+
+"`Whose you talkin' to?' says t'other.
+
+"`Yourself,' says him.
+
+"`Who stole the eggs?' says the billy-goat.
+
+"`Ax your ould grandmother!' says the pig.
+
+"`Ax me ould WHICH mother?' says the billy-goat.
+
+"`Oh, ax me--' And before he could complete the sintence, ram,
+blam, the ould billygoat butts him in the chist, and away goes the
+both of thim whirtlin' into the say below.
+
+"Thin me ould grandfather comes out, and collars me by the
+scruff, and `Into the sty with you!' says he; and into the sty I
+wint, and there they kep' me for a fortnit on bran mash and skim
+milk--and well I desarved it."
+
+They dined somewhere about eleven o'clock, and at noon Paddy
+unstepped the mast and made a sort of little tent or awning with
+the sail in the bow of the boat to protect the children from the
+rays of the vertical sun.
+
+Then he took his place in the bottom of the boat, in the stern,
+stuck Dick's straw hat over his face to preserve it from the sun,
+kicked about a bit to get a comfortable position, and fell asleep.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+"S-H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A-H"
+
+He had slept an hour and more when he was brought to his senses
+by a thin and prolonged shriek. It was Emmeline in a nightmare, or
+more properly a day-mare, brought on by a meal of sardines and
+the haunting memory of the gibbly-gobbly-ums. When she was
+shaken (it always took a considerable time to bring her to, from
+these seizures) and comforted, the mast was restepped.
+
+As Mr Button stood with his hand on the spar looking round him
+before going aft with the sheet, an object struck his eye some
+three miles ahead. Objects rather, for they were the masts and
+spars of a small ship rising from the water. Not a vestige of sail,
+just the naked spars. It might have been a couple of old skeleton
+trees jutting out of the water for all a landsman could have told.
+
+He stared at this sight for twenty or thirty seconds without
+speaking, his head projected like the head of a tortoise. Then he
+gave a wild "Hurroo! "
+
+"What is it, Paddy?" asked Dick.
+
+"Hurroo!" replied Button. "Ship ahoy! ship ahoy! Lie to till I be
+afther boardin' you. Sure, they are lyin' to--divil a rag of canvas
+on her--are they aslape or dhramin'? Here, Dick, let me get aft
+wid the sheet; the wind'll take us up to her quicker than we'll
+row."
+
+He crawled aft and took the tiller; the breeze took the sail, and
+the boat forged ahead.
+
+"Is it daddy's ship?" asked Dick, who was almost as excited as his
+friend.
+
+"I dinno; we'll see when we fetch her."
+
+"Shall we go on her, Mr Button?" asked Emmeline.
+
+"Ay will we, honey."
+
+Emmeline bent down, and fetching her parcel from under the seat,
+held it in her lap.
+
+As they drew nearer, the outlines of the ship became more
+apparent. She was a small brig, with stump topmasts, from the
+spars a few rags of canvas fluttered. It was apparent soon to the
+old sailor's eye what was amiss with her.
+
+"She's derelick, bad cess to her!" he muttered; "derelick and done
+for--just me luck!"
+
+ "I can't see any people on the ship," cried Dick, who had crept
+forward to the bow. "Daddy's not there."
+
+The old sailor let the boat off a point or two, so as to get a view
+of the brig more fully; when they were within twenty cable
+lengths or so he unstepped the mast and took to the sculls.
+
+The little brig floated very low on the water, and presented a
+mournful enough appearance; her running rigging all slack, shreds
+of canvas flapping at the yards, and no boats hanging at her
+davits. It was easy enough to see that she was a timber ship, and
+that she had started a butt, flooded herself and been abandoned.
+
+Paddy lay on his oars within a few strokes of her. She was
+floating as placidly as though she were in the harbour of San
+Francisco; the green water showed in her shadow, and in the green
+water waved the tropic weeds that were growing from her copper.
+Her paint was blistered and burnt absolutely as though a hot iron
+had been passed over it, and over her taffrail hung a large rope
+whose end was lost to sight in the water.
+
+A few strokes brought them under the stern. The name of the ship
+was there in faded letters, also the port to which she belonged. "
+Shenandoah. Martha's Vineyard."
+
+"There's letters on her," said Mr Button. "But I can't make thim
+out. I've no larnin'."
+
+"I can read them," said Dick.
+
+"So c'n I," murmured Emmeline.
+
+"S_H-E-N-A-N-D-O-A H," spelt Dick.
+
+"What's that?" enquired Paddy.
+
+"I don't know," replied Dick, rather downcastedly.
+
+"There you are!" cried the oarsman in a disgusted manner, pulling
+the boat round to the starboard side of the brig. "They pritind to
+tache letters to childer in schools, pickin' their eyes out wid
+book-readin', and here's letters as big as me face an' they can't
+make hid or tail of them--be dashed to book-readin'!
+
+The brig had old-fashioned wide channels, regular platforms; and
+she floated so low in the water that they were scarcely a foot
+above the level of the dinghy.
+
+Mr Button secured the boat by passing the painter through a
+channel plate, then, with Emmeline and her parcel in his arms or
+rather in one arm, he clambered over the channel and passed her
+over the rail on to the deck. Then it was Dick's turn, and the
+children stood waiting whilst the old sailor brought the beaker of
+water, the biscuit, and the tinned stuff on board.
+
+It was a place to delight the heart of a boy, the deck of the
+Shenandoah; forward right from the main hatchway it was
+laden with timber. Running rigging lay loose on the deck in coils,
+and nearly the whole of the quarter-deck was occupied by a deck-
+house. The place had a delightful smell of sea-beach, decaying
+wood, tar, and mystery. Bights of buntline and other ropes were
+dangling from above, only waiting to be swung from. A bell was
+hung just forward of the foremast. In half a moment Dick was
+forward hammering at the bell with a belaying pin he had picked
+from the deck.
+
+Mr Button shouted to him to desist; the sound of the bell jarred
+on his nerves. It sounded like a summons, and a summons on that
+deserted craft was quite out of place. Who knew what mightn't
+answer it in the way of the supernatural?
+
+Dick dropped the belaying pin and ran forward. He took the
+disengaged hand, and the three went aft to the door of the deck-
+house. The door was open, and they peeped in.
+
+The place had three windows on the starboard side, and through
+the windows the sun was shining in a mournful manner. There was
+a table in the middle of the place. A seat was pushed away from
+the table as if someone had risen in a hurry. On the table lay the
+remains of a meal, a teapot, two teacups, two plates. On one of
+the plates rested a fork with a bit of putrifying bacon upon it that
+some one had evidently been conveying to his mouth when
+something had happened. Near the teapot stood a tin of condensed
+milk, haggled open. Some old salt had just been in the act of
+putting milk in his tea when the mysterious something had
+occurred. Never did a lot of dead things speak so eloquently as
+these things spoke.
+
+One could conjure it all up. The skipper, most likely, had finished
+his tea, and the mate was hard at work at his, when the leak had
+been discovered, or some derelict had been run into, or whatever
+it was had happened--happened.
+
+One thing was evident, that since the abandonment of the brig she
+had experienced fine weather, else the things would not have been
+left standing so trimly on the table.
+
+Mr Button and Dick entered the place to prosecute enquiries, but
+Emmeline remained at the door. The charm of the old brig
+appealed to her almost as much as to Dick, but she had a feeling
+about it quite unknown to him. A ship where no one was had about
+it suggestions of "other things."
+
+She was afraid to enter the gloomy deckhouse, and afraid to
+remain alone outside; she compromised matters by sitting down
+on the deck. Then she placed the small bundle beside her, and
+hurriedly took the rag-doll from her pocket, into which it was
+stuffed head down, pulled its calico skirt from over its head,
+propped it up against the coaming of the door, and told it not to be
+afraid.
+
+There was not much to be found in the deck -house, but aft of it
+were two small cabins like rabbit hutches, once inhabited by the
+skipper and his mate. Here there were great findings in the way of
+rubbish. Old clothes, old boots, an old top-hat of that extra-
+ordinary pattern you may see in the streets of Pernambuco,
+immensely tall, and narrowing towards the brim. A telescope
+without a lens, a volume of Hoyt, a nautical almanac, a great bolt
+of striped flannel shirting, a box of fish hooks. And in one corner-
+- glorious find!--a coil of what seemed to be ten yards or so of
+black rope.
+
+"Baccy, begorra!" shouted Pat, seizing upon his treasure. It was
+pigtail. You may see coils of it in the tobacconists' windows of
+seaport towns. A pipe full of it would make a hippopotamus
+vomit, yet old sailors chew it and smoke it and revel in it.
+
+"We'll bring all the lot of the things out on deck, and see what's
+worth keepin' an' what's worth leavin'," said Mr Button, taking an
+immense armful of the old truck; whilst Dick, carrying the top-
+hat, upon which he had instantly seized as his own special booty,
+led the way.
+
+"Em," shouted Dick, as he emerged from the doorway, "see what
+I've got!"
+
+He popped the awful-looking structure over his head. It went right
+down to his shoulders.
+
+Emmeline gave a shriek.
+
+"It smells funny," said Dick, taking it off and applying his nose to
+the inside of it--"smells like an old hair brush. Here, you try it
+on."
+
+Emmeline scrambled away as far as she could, till she reached
+the starboard bulwarks, where she sat in the scupper, breathless
+and speechless and wide-eyed. She was always dumb when
+frightened (unless it were a nightmare or a very sudden shock),
+and this hat suddenly seen half covering Dick frightened her out
+of her wits. Besides, it was a black thing, and she hated black
+things--black cats, black horses; worst of all, black dogs.
+
+She had once seen a hearse in the streets of Boston, an old-time
+hearse with black plumes, trappings and all complete. The sight
+had nearly given her a fit, though she did not know in the least the
+meaning of it.
+
+Meanwhile Mr Button was conveying armful after armful of stuff
+on deck. When the heap was complete, he sat down beside it in the
+glorious afternoon sunshine, and lit his pipe.
+
+He had searched neither for food or water as yet; content with the
+treasure God had given him, for the moment the material things of
+life were forgotten. And, indeed, if he had searched he would have
+found only half a sack of potatoes in the caboose, for the
+lazarette was awash, and the water in the scuttle-butt was
+stinking.
+
+Emmeline, seeing what was in progress, crept up, Dick promising
+not to put the hat on her, and they all sat round the pile.
+
+"Thim pair of brogues," said the old man, holding a pair of old
+boots up for inspection like an auctioneer, "would fetch half a
+dollar any day in the wake in any sayport in the world. Put them
+beside you, Dick, and lay hold of this pair of britches by the ends
+of em'--stritch them."
+
+The trousers were stretched out, examined and approved of, and
+laid beside the boots.
+
+"Here's a tiliscope wid wan eye shut," said Mr Button, examining
+the broken telescope and pulling it in and out like a concertina.
+"Stick it beside the brogues; it may come in handy for somethin'.
+Here's a book"--tossing the nautical almanac to the boy. "Tell me
+what it says."
+
+Dick examined the pages of figures hopelessly.
+
+"I can't read 'em," said Dick; "it's numbers."
+
+"Buzz it overboard," said Mr Button.
+
+Dick did what he was told joyfully, and the proceedings resumed.
+
+He tried on the tall hat, and the children laughed. On her old
+friend's head the thing ceased to have terror for Emmeline.
+
+She had two methods of laughing. The angelic smile before
+mentioned--a rare thing--and, almost as rare, a laugh in which
+she showed her little white teeth, whilst she pressed her hands
+together, the left one tight shut, and the right clasped over it.
+
+He put the hat on one side, and continued the sorting, searching
+all the pockets of the clothes and finding nothing. When he had
+arranged what to keep, they flung the rest overboard, and the
+valuables were conveyed to the captain's cabin, there to remain
+till wanted.
+
+Then the idea that food might turn up useful as well as old
+clothes in their present condition struck the imaginative mind of
+Mr Button, and he proceeded to search.
+
+The lazarette was simply a cistern full of sea water; what else it
+might contain, not being a diver, he could not say. I n the copper
+of the caboose lay a great lump of putrifying pork or meat of
+some sort. The harness cask contained nothing except huge
+crystals of salt. All the meat had been taken away. Still, the
+provisions and water brought on board from the dinghy would be
+sufficient to last them some ten days or so, and in the course of
+ten days a lot of things might happen.
+
+Mr Button leaned over the side. The dinghy was nestling beside
+the brig like a duckling beside a duck; the broad channel might
+have been likened to the duck's wing half extended. He got on the
+channel to see if the painter was safely attached. Having made all
+secure, he climbed slowly up to the main-yard arm, and looked
+round upon the sea.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+SHADOWS IN THE MOONLIGHT
+
+
+"Daddy's a long time coming," said Dick all of a sudden.
+
+They were seated on the baulks of timber that cumbered the deck
+of the brig on either side of the caboose. An ideal perch. The sun
+was setting over Australia way, in a sea that seemed like a sea of
+boiling gold. Some mystery of mirage caused the water to heave
+and tremble as if troubled by fervent heat.
+
+"Ay, is he," said Mr Button; "but it's better late than never. Now
+don't be thinkin' of him, for that won't bring him. Look at the sun
+goin' into the wather, and don't be spakin' a word, now, but listen
+and you'll hear it hiss."
+
+The children gazed and listened, Paddy also. All three were mute
+as the great blazing shield touched the water that leapt to meet
+it.
+
+You COULD hear the water hiss--if you had imagination enough.
+Once having touched the water, the sun went down behind it, as
+swiftly as a man in a hurry going down a ladder. As he vanished a
+ghostly and golden twilight spread over the sea, a light exquisite
+but immensely forlorn. Then the sea became a violet shadow, the
+west darkened as if to a closing door, and the stars rushed over
+the sky.
+
+"Mr Button," said Emmeline, nodding towards the sun as he
+vanished, "where's over there?"
+
+"The west," replied he, staring at the sunset. "Chainy and Injee
+and all away beyant."
+
+"Where's the sun gone to now, Paddy?" asked Dick.
+
+"He's gone chasin' the moon, an' she's skedadlin' wid her dress
+brailed up for all she's worth; she'll be along up in a minit. He's
+always afther her, but he's never caught her yet."
+
+"What would he do to her if he caught her?" asked Emmeline.
+
+"Faith, an' maybe he'd fetch her a skelp an' well she'd desarve it."
+
+"Why'd she deserve it?" asked Dick, who was in one of his
+questioning moods.
+
+"Because she's always delutherin' people an' leadin' thim asthray.
+Girls or men, she moidhers thim all once she gets the comeither
+on them; same as she did Buck M'Cann."
+
+"Who's he?"
+
+"Buck M'Cann? Faith, he was the village ijit where I used to live
+in the ould days."
+
+"What's that'"
+
+"Hould your whisht, an' don't be axin' questions. He was always
+wantin' the moon, though he was twinty an' six feet four. He'd a
+gob on him that hung open like a rat-trap with a broken spring,
+and he was as thin as a barber's pole, you could a' tied a reef knot
+in the middle of 'um; and whin the moon was full there was no
+houldin' him." Mr Button gazed at the reflection of the sunset on
+the water for a moment as if recalling some form from the past,
+and then proceeded. "He'd sit on the grass starin' at her, an' thin
+he'd start to chase her over the hills, and they'd find him at last,
+maybe a day or two later, lost in the mountains, grazin' on
+berries, and as green as a cabbidge from the hunger an' the cowld,
+till it got so bad at long last they had to hobble him."
+
+"I've seen a donkey hobbled," cried Dick.
+
+"Thin you've seen the twin brother of Buck M'Cann. Well, one night
+me elder brother Tim was sittin' over the fire, smokin' his dudeen
+an' thinkin' of his sins, when in comes Buck with the hobbles on
+him.
+
+"`Tim,' says he, `I've got her at last!'
+
+"`Got who?' says Tim.
+
+"`The moon,' says he.
+
+"`Got her where?' says Tim.
+
+"`In a bucket down by the pond,' says t'other, `safe an' sound an'
+not a scratch on her; you come and look,' says he. So Tim follows
+him, he hobblin', and they goes to the pond side, and there, sure
+enough, stood a tin bucket full of wather, an' on the wather the
+refliction of the moon.
+
+"`I dridged her out of the pond,' whispers Buck. `Aisy now,' says
+he, `an' I'll dribble the water out gently,' says he, `an' we'll catch
+her alive at the bottom of it like a trout.' So he drains the wather
+out gently of the bucket till it was near all gone, an' then he looks
+into the bucket expectin' to find the moon flounderin' in the
+bottom of it like a flat fish.
+
+"`She's gone, bad 'cess to her!' says he.
+
+"`Try again,' says me brother, and Buck fills the bucket again, and
+there was the moon sure enough when the water came to stand
+still.
+
+"`Go on,' says me brother. `Drain out the wather, but go gentle, or
+she'll give yiz the slip again.'
+
+"`Wan minit,' says Buck, `I've got an idea,' says he; `she won't give
+me the slip this time,' says he. `You wait for me,' says he; and off
+he hobbles to his old mother's cabin a stone's-throw away, and
+back he comes with a sieve.
+
+"`You hold the sieve,' says Buck, `and I'll drain the water into it; if
+she'scapes from the bucket we'll have her in the sieve.' And he
+pours the wather out of the bucket as gentle as if it was crame
+out of a jug. When all the wather was out he turns the bucket
+bottom up, and shook it.
+
+"`Ran dan the thing!' he cries, `she's gone again'; an' wid that he
+flings the bucket into the pond, and the sieve afther the bucket,
+when up comes his old mother hobbling on her stick.
+
+"`Where's me bucket?' says she.
+
+"`In the pond,' say Buck.
+
+"`And me sieve?' says she.
+
+"`Gone afther the bucket.'
+
+"`I'll give yiz a bucketin!' says she; and she up with the stick and
+landed him a skelp, an' driv him roarin' and hobblin' before her,
+and locked him up in the cabin, an' kep' him on bread an' wather
+for a wake to get the moon out of his head; but she might have
+saved her thruble, for that day month in it was agin. . . . There she
+comes!"
+
+The moon, argent and splendid, was breaking from the water. She
+was full, and her light was powerful almost as the light of day.
+The shadows of the children and the queer shadow of Mr Button
+were cast on the wall of the caboose hard and black as
+silhouettes.
+
+"Look at our shadows!" cried Dick, taking off his broad-brimmed
+straw hat and waving it.
+
+Emmeline held up her doll to see ITS shadow, and Mr Button
+held up his pipe.
+
+"Come now," said he, putting the pipe back in his mouth, and
+making to rise, "and shadda off to bed; it's time you were aslape,
+the both of you."
+
+Dick began to yowl.
+
+"_I_ don't want to go to bed; I aint tired, Paddy--les's stay a
+little longer."
+
+"Not a minit," said the other, with all the decision of a nurse; "not
+a minit afther me pipe's out!"
+
+"Fill it again," said Dick.
+
+Mr Button made no reply. The pipe gurgled as he puffed at it--a
+kind of death-rattle speaking of almost immediate extinction.
+
+"Mr Button!" said Emmeline. She was holding her nose in the air
+and sniffing; seated to windward of the smoker, and out of the
+pigtail-poisoned air, her delicate sense of smell perceived
+something lost to the others."
+
+"What is it, acushla?"
+
+"I smell something."
+
+"What d'ye say you smell?"
+
+"Something nice."
+
+"What's it like?" asked Dick, sniffing hard. "_I_ don't smell
+anything."
+
+Emmeline sniffed again to make sure.
+
+"Flowers," said she.
+
+The breeze, which had shifted several points since midday, was
+bearing with it a faint, faint odour: a perfume of vanilla and spice
+so faint as to be imperceptible to all but the most acute olfactory
+sense.
+
+"Flowers!" said the old sailor, tapping the ashes cut of his pipe
+against the heel of his boot. "And where'd you get flowers in
+middle of the say? It's dhramin' you are. Come now--to bed wid
+yiz!"
+
+"Fill it again," wailed Dick, referring to the pipe.
+
+"It's a spankin' I'll give you," replied his guardian, lifting him
+down from the timber baulks, and then assisting Emmeline, "in
+two ticks if you don't behave. Come along, Em'line."
+
+He started aft, a small hand in each of his, Dick bellowing.
+
+As they passed the ship's bell, Dick stretched towards the
+belaying pin that was still lying on the deck, seized it, and hit the
+bell a mighty bang. It was the last pleasure to be snatched before
+sleep, and he snatched it.
+
+Paddy had made up beds for himself and his charges in the deck-
+house; he had cleared the stuff off the table, broken open the
+windows to get the musty smell away, and placed the mattresses
+from the captain and mate's cabins on the floor.
+
+When the children were in bed and asleep, he went to the
+starboard rail, and, leaning on it, looked over the moonlit sea. He
+was thinking of ships as his wandering eye roved over the sea
+spaces, little dreaming of the message that the perfumed breeze
+was bearing him. The message that had been received and dimly
+understood by E mmeline. Then he leaned with his back to the rail
+and his hands in his pockets. He was not thinking now, he was
+ruminating.
+
+The basis of the Irish character as exemplified by Paddy Button is
+a profound laziness mixed with a profound melancholy. Yet Paddy,
+in his left-handed way, was as hard a worker as any man on board
+ship; and as for melancholy, he was the life and soul of the
+fo'cs'le. Yet there they were, the laziness and the melancholy,
+only waiting to be tapped.
+
+As he stood with his hands thrust deep in his pockets, longshore
+fashion, counting the dowels in the planking of the deck by the
+mooniight, he was reviewing the "old days." The tale of Buck
+M'Cann had recalled them, and across all the salt seas he could
+see the moonlight on the Connemara mountains, and hear the sea-
+gulls crying on the thunderous beach where each wave has behind
+it three thousand miles of sea.
+
+Suddenly Mr Button came back from the mountains of Connemara
+to find himself on the deck of the Shenandoah; and he instantly
+became possessed by fears. Beyond the white deserted deck,
+barred by the shadows of the standing rigging, he could see the
+door of the caboose. Suppose he should suddenly see a head pop
+out or, worse, a shadowy form go in?
+
+He turned to the deck-house, where the children were sound
+asleep, and where, in a few minutes, he, too, was sound asleep
+beside them, whilst all night long the brig rocked to the gentle
+swell of the Pacific, and the breeze blew, bringing with it the
+perfume of flowers.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE TRAGEDY OF THE BOATS
+
+
+When the fog lifted after midnight the people in the long-boat
+saw the quarter-boat half a mile to starboard of them.
+
+"Can you see the dinghy?" asked Lestrange of the captain, who
+was standing up searching the horizon.
+
+"Not a speck," answered Le Farge. "DAMN that Irishman! but for
+him I'd have got the boats away properly victualled and all; as it
+is I don't know what we've got aboard. You, Jenkins, what have
+you got forward there?"
+
+"Two bags of bread and a breaker of water," answered the
+steward.
+
+"A breaker of water be sugared!" came another voice; "a breaker
+half full, you mean."
+
+Then the steward's voice: "So it is; there's not more than a couple
+of gallons in her."
+
+"My God!" said Le Farge. "DAMN that Irishman!"
+
+"There's not more than'll give us two half pannikins apiece all
+round," said the steward.
+
+"Maybe," said Le Farge, "the quarter-boat's better stocked; pull
+for her."
+
+"She's pulling for us," said the stroke oar.
+
+"Captain," asked Lestrange, "are you sure there's no sight of the
+dinghy?"
+
+"None," replied Le Farge.
+
+The unfortunate man's head sank on his breast. He had little time
+to brood over his troubles, however, for a tragedy was beginning
+to unfold around him, the most shocking, perhaps, in the annals of
+the sea--a tragedy to be hinted at rather than spoken of.
+
+When the boats were within hailing distance, a man in the bow of
+the long-boat rose up.
+
+"Quarter-boat ahoy!"
+
+"Ahoy!"
+
+"How much water have you?"
+
+"None!"
+
+The word came floating over the placid moonlit water. At it the
+fellows in the long-boat ceased rowing, and you could see the
+water-drops dripping off their oars like diamonds in the
+moonlight.
+
+"Quarter-boat, ahoy!" shouted the fellow in the bow. "Lay on your
+oars."
+
+"Here, you scowbanker!" cried Le Farge, "who are you to be giving
+directions--"
+
+"Scowbanker yourself!" replied the fellow. "Bullies, put her about!"
+
+The starboard oars backed water, and the boat came round.
+
+By chance the worst lot of the Northumberland's crew were in
+the long-boat veritable--"scowbankers" scum; and how scum
+clings to life you will never know, until you have been amongst it
+in an open boat at sea. Le Farge had no more command over this
+lot than you have who are reading this book.
+
+"Heave to!" came from the quarter-boat, as she laboured behind.
+
+"Lay on your oars, bullies!" cried the ruffian at the bow, who was
+still standing up like an evil genius who had taken momentary
+command over events. "Lay on your oars, bullies; they'd better
+have it now."
+
+The quarter-boat in her turn ceased rowing, and lay a cable's
+length away.
+
+"How much water have you?" came the mate's voice.
+
+"Not enough to go round."
+
+Le Farge made to rise, and the stroke oar struck at him, catching
+him in the wind and doubling him up in the bottom of the boat.
+
+"Give us some, for God's sake!" came the mate's voice; "we're
+parched with rowing, and there's a woman on board!"
+
+The fellow in the bow of the long-boat, as if someone had
+suddenly struck him, broke into a tornado of blasphemy.
+
+"Give us some," came the mate's voice, "or, by God, we'll lay you
+aboard!"
+
+Before the words were well spoken the men in the quarter-boat
+carried the threat into action. The conflict was brief: the
+quarter-boat was too crowded for fighting. The starboard men in
+the long-boat fought with their oars, whilst the fellows to port
+steadied the boat.
+
+The fight did not last long, and presently the quarter-boat
+sheered off, half of the men in her cut about the head and
+bleeding--two of them senseless.
+
+* * * * *
+
+It was sundown on the following day. The long-boat lay adrift. The
+last drop of water had been served out eight hours before.
+
+The quarter-boat, like a horrible phantom, had been haunting and
+pursuing her all day, begging for water when there was none. It
+was like the prayers one might expect to hear in hell.
+
+The men in the long-boat, gloomy and morose, weighed down with
+a sense of crime, tortured by thirst, and tormented by the voices
+imploring for water, lay on their oars when the other boat tried
+to approach.
+
+Now and then, suddenly, and as if moved by a common impulse,
+they would all shout out together: "We have none." But the
+quarter-boat would not believe. It was in vain to hold the breaker
+with the bung out to prove its dryness, the half-delirious
+creatures had it fixed in their minds that their comrades were
+withholding from them the water that was not.
+
+Just as the sun touched the sea, Lestrange, rousing himself from
+a torpor into which he had sunk, raised himself and looked over
+the gunwale. He saw the quarter-boat drifting a cable's length
+away, lit by the full light of sunset, and the spectres in it, seeing
+him, held out in mute appeal their blackened tongues.
+
+* * * * *
+
+Of the night that followed it is almost impossible to speak.
+Thirst was nothing to what the scowbankers suffered from the
+torture of the whimpering appeal for water that came to them at
+intervals during the night.
+
+* * * * *
+
+When at last the Arago, a French whale ship, sighted them, the
+crew of the long-boat were still alive, but three of them were
+raving madmen. Of the crew of the quarter- boat was saved not
+one.
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE ISLAND
+
+
+"Childer!" shouted Paddy. He was at the cross-trees in the full
+dawn, whilst the children standing beneath on deck were craning
+their faces up to him. "There's an island forenint us."
+
+"Hurrah!" cried Dick. He was not quite sure what an island might
+be like in the concrete, but it was something fresh, and Paddy's
+voice was jubilant.
+
+"Land ho! it is," said he, coming down to the deck. "Come for'ard to
+the bows, and I'll show it you."
+
+He stood on the timber in the bows and lifted Emmeline up in his
+arms; and even at that humble elevation from the water she could
+see something of an undecided colour--green for choice--on the
+horizon.
+
+It was not directly ahead, but on the starboard bow--or, as she
+would have expressed it, to the right. When Dick had looked and
+expressed his disappointment at there being so little to see,
+Paddy began to make preparations for leaving the ship.
+
+It was only just now, with land in sight, that he recognised in
+some fashion the horror of the position from which they were
+about to escape.
+
+He fed the children hurriedly with some biscuits and tinned meat,
+and then, with a biscuit in his hand, eating as he went, he trotted
+about the decks, collecting things and stowing them in the dinghy.
+The bolt of striped flannel, all the old clothes, a housewife full of
+needles and thread, such as seamen sometimes carry, the half-
+sack of potatoes, a saw which he found in the caboose, the
+precious coil of tobacco, and a lot of other odds and ends he
+transhipped, sinking the little dinghy several strakes in the
+process. Also, of course, he took the breaker of water, and the
+remains of the biscuit and tinned stuff they had brought on board.
+These being stowed, and the dinghy ready, he went forward with
+the children to the bow, to see how the island was bearing.
+
+It had loomed up nearer during the hour or so in which he had been
+collecting and storing the things--nearer, and more to the right,
+which meant that the brig was being borne by a fairly swift
+current, and that she would pass it, leaving it two or three miles
+to starboard. It was well they had command of the dinghy.
+
+"The sea's all round it," said Emmeline, who was seated on
+Paddy's shoulder, holding on tight to him, and gazing upon the
+island, the green of whose trees was now visible, an oasis of
+verdure in the sparkling and seraphic blue.
+
+"Are we going there, Paddy?" asked Dick, holding on to a stay, and
+straining his eyes towards the land.
+
+"Ay, are we," said Mr Button. "Hot foot--five knots, if we're
+makin' wan; and it's ashore we'll be by noon, and maybe sooner."
+
+The breeze had freshened up, and was blowing dead from the
+island, as though the island were making a weak attempt to blow
+them away from it.
+
+Oh, what a fresh and perfumed breeze it was! All sorts of tropical
+growing things had joined their scent in one bouquet.
+
+"Smell it," said Emmeline, expanding her small nostrils. "That's
+what I smelt last night, only it's stronger now."
+
+The last reckoning taken on board the Northumberland had
+proved the ship to be south by east of the Marquesas; this was
+evidentIy one of those small, lost islands that lie here and there
+scuth by east of the Marquesas. Islands the most lonely and
+beautiful in the world.
+
+As they gazed it grew before them, and shifted still more to the
+right. It was hilly and green now, though the trees could not be
+clearly made out; here, the green was lighter in colour, and there,
+darker. A rim of pure white marble seemed to surround its base. It
+was foam breaking on the barrier reef.
+
+In another hour the feathery foliage of the cocoanut palms could
+be made out, and the old sailor judged it time to take to the boat.
+
+He lifted Emmeline, who was clasping her luggage, over the rail
+on to the channel, and deposited her in the sternsheets; then Dick.
+
+In a moment the boat was adrift, the mast steeped, and the
+Shenandoah left to pursue her mysterious voyage at the will of
+the currents of the sea.
+
+"You're not going to the island, Paddy," cried Dick, as the old man
+put the boat on the port tack.
+
+"You be aisy," replied the other, "and don't be larnin' your
+gran'mother. How the divil d'ye think I'd fetch the land sailin'
+dead in the wind's eye?"
+
+"Has the wind eyes?"
+
+Mr Button did not answer the question. He was troubled in his
+mind. What if the island were inhabited? He had spent several
+years in the South Seas. He knew the people of the Marquesas and
+Samoa, and liked them. But here he was out of his bearings.
+
+However, all the troubling in the world was of no use. It was a
+case of the island or the deep sea, and, putting the boat on the
+starboard tack, he lit his pipe and leaned back with the tiller in
+the crook of his arm. His keen eyes had made out from the deck of
+the brig an opening in the reef, and he was making to run the
+dinghy abreast of the opening, and then take to the sculls and row
+her through.
+
+Now, as they drew nearer, a sound came on the breeze--sound
+faint and sonorous and dreamy. It was the sound of the breakers
+on the reef. The sea just here was heaving to a deeper swell, as if
+vexed in its sleep at the resistance to it of the land.
+
+Emmeline, sitting with her bundle in her lap, stared without
+speaking at the sight before her. Even in the bright, glorious
+sunshine, and despite the greenery that showed beyond, it was a
+desolate sight seen from her place in the dinghy. A white, forlorn
+beach, over which the breakers raced and tumbled, seagulls
+wheeling and screaming, and over all the thunder of the surf.
+
+Suddenly the break became visible, and a glimpse of smooth, blue
+water beyond. Button unshipped the tiller, unstepped the mast,
+and took to the sculls.
+
+As they drew nearer, the sea became more active, savage, and
+alive; the thunder of the surf became louder, the breakers more
+fierce and threatening, the opening broader.
+
+One could see the water swirling round the coral piers, for the
+tide was flooding into the lagoon; it had seized the little dinghy
+and was bearing it along far swifter than the sculls could have
+driven it. Sea-gulls screamed around them, the boat rocked and
+swayed. Dick shouted with excitement, and Emmeline shut her
+eyes TIGHT.
+
+Then, as though a door had been swiftly and silently closed, the
+sound of the surf became suddenly less. The boat floated on an
+even keel; she opened her eyes and found herself in Wonderland.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE LAKE OF AZURE
+
+
+On either side lay a great sweep of waving blue water. Calm,
+almost as a lake, sapphire here, and here with the tints of the
+aquamarine. Water so clear that fathoms away below you could
+see the branching coral, the schools of passing fish, and the
+shadows of the fish upon the spaces of sand.
+
+Before them the clear water washed the sands of a white beach,
+the cocoa-palms waved and whispered in the breeze; and as the
+oarsman lay on his oars to look a flock of bluebirds rose, as if
+suddenly freed from the treetops, wheeled, and passed soundless,
+like a wreath of smoke, over the tree-tops of the higher land
+beyond.
+
+"Look!" shouted Dick, who had his nose over the of the
+boat. "Look at the FISH!"
+
+"Mr Button," cried Emmeline, "where are we?"
+
+"Bedad, I dunno; but we might be in a worse place, I'm thinkin',"
+replied the old man, sweeping his eyes over the blue and tranquil
+lagoon, from the barrier reef to the happy shore.
+
+On either side of the broad beach before them the cocoa-nut trees
+came down like two regiments, and bending gazed at their own
+reflections in the lagoon. Beyond lay waving chapparel, where
+cocoa-palms and breadfruit trees intermixed with the mammee
+apple and the tendrils of the wild vine. On one of the piers of
+coral at the break of the reef stood a single cocoa-palm; bending
+with a slight curve, it, too, seemed seeking its reflection in the
+waving water.
+
+But the soul of it all, the indescribable thing about this picture of
+mirrored palm trees, blue lagoon, coral reef and sky, was the
+light.
+
+Away at sea the light was blinding, dazzling, cruel. Away at sea
+it had nothing to focus itself upon, nothing to exhibit but infinite
+spaces of blue water and desolation.
+
+Here it made the air a crystal, through which the gazer saw the
+loveliness of the land and reef, the green of palm, the white of
+coral, the wheeling gulls, the blue lagoon, all sharply outlined--
+burning, coloured, arrogant, yet tender--heart-breakingly
+beautiful, for the spirit of eternal morning was here, eternal
+happiness, eternal youth.
+
+As the oarsman pulled the tiny craft towards the beach, neither
+he nor the children saw away behind the boat, on the water near
+the bending palm tree at the break in the reef, something that for
+a moment insulted the day, and was gone. Something like a small
+triangle of dark canvas, that rippled through the water and sank
+from sight; something that appeared and vanished like an evil
+thought.
+
+It did not take long to beach the boat. Mr Button tumbled over the
+side up to his knees in water, whilst Dick crawled over the bow.
+
+"Catch hould of her the same as I do," cried Paddy, laying hold of
+the starboard gunwale; whilst Dick, imitative as a monkey, seized
+the gunwale to port. Now then:
+
+"Yeo ho, Chilliman,
+Up wid her, up wid her,
+Heave 0, Chilliman.'
+
+"Lave her be now; she's high enough."
+
+He took Emmeline in his arms and carried her up on the sand. It
+was from just here on the sand that you could see the true beauty
+of the lagoon. That lake of sea-water forever protected from
+storm and trouble by the barrier reef of coral.
+
+Right from where the little clear ripples ran up the strand, it led
+the eye to the break in the coral reef where the palm gazed at its
+own reflection in the water, and there, beyond the break, one
+caught a vision of the great heaving, sparkling sea.
+
+The lagoon, just here, was perhaps more than a third of a mile
+broad. I have never measured it, but I. know that, standing by the
+palm tree on the reef, flinging up one's arm and shouting to a
+person on the beach, the sound took a perceptible time to cross
+the water: I should say, perhaps, an almost perceptible time. The
+distant signal and the distant call were almost coincident, yet
+not quite.
+
+Dick, mad with delight at the place in which he found himself,
+was running about like a dog just out of the water. Mr Button was
+discharging the cargo of the dinghy on the dry, white sand.
+Emmeline seated herself with her precious bundle on the sand,
+and was watching the operations of her friend, looking at the
+things around her and feeling very strange.
+
+For all she knew all this was the ordinary accompaniment of a sea
+voyage. Paddy's manner throughout had been set to the one idea,
+not to frighten the "childer"; the weather had backed him up. But
+down in the heart of her lay the knowledge that all was not as it
+should be. The hurried departure from the ship, the fog in which
+her uncle had vanished, those things, and others as well, she felt
+instinctively were not right. But she said nothing.
+
+She had not long for meditation, however, for Dick was running
+towards her with a live crab which he had picked up, calling out
+that he was going to make it bite her.
+
+"Take it away!" cried Emmeline, holding both hands with fingers
+widespread in front of her face. "Mr Button! Mr Button! Mr
+Button!"
+
+"Lave her be, you little divil!" roared Pat, who was depositing the
+last of the cargo on the sand. "Lave her be, or it's a cow-hidin' I'll
+be givin' you!"
+
+"What's a `divil,' Paddy?" asked Dick, panting from his exertions.
+"Paddy, what's a `divil'?"
+
+"You're wan. Ax no questions now, for it's tired I am, an' I want to
+rest me bones."
+
+He flung himself under the shade of a palm tree, took out his
+tinder box, tobacco and pipe, cut some tobacco up, filled his pipe
+and lit it. Emmeline crawled up, and sat near him, and Dick flung
+himself down on the sand near Emmeline.
+
+Mr Button took off his coat and made a pillow of it against a
+cocoa-nut tree stem. He had found the El Dorado of the weary.
+With his knowledge of the South Seas a glance at the vegetation
+to be seen told him that food for a regiment might be had for the
+taking; water, too.
+
+Right down the middle of the strand was a depression which in
+the rainy season would be the bed of a rushing rivulet. The water
+just now was not strong enough to come all the way to the lagoon,
+but away up there "beyant" in the woods lay the source, and he'd
+find it in due time. There was enough in the breaker for a week,
+and green "cucanuts" were to be had for the climbing.
+
+Emmeline contemplated Paddy for a while as he smoked and
+rested his bones, then a great thought occurred to her. She took
+the little shawl from around the parcel she was holding and
+exposed the mysterious box.
+
+"Oh, begorra, the box!" said Paddy, leaning on his elbow
+interestedly; "I might a' known you wouldn't a' forgot it."
+
+"Mrs James," said Emmeline, "made me promise not to open it till
+I got on shore, for the things in it might get lost."
+
+"Well, you're ashore now," said Dick; "open it."
+
+"I'm going to," said Emmeline.
+
+She carefully undid the string, refusing the assistance of Paddy's
+knife. Then the brown paper came off, disclosing a common
+cardboard box. She raised the lid half an inch, peeped in, and shut
+it again.
+
+OPEN it!" cried Dick, mad with curiosity.
+
+"What's in it, honey?" asked the old sailor, who was as interested
+as Dick.
+
+"Things," replied Emmeline.
+
+Then all at once she took the lid off and disclosed a tiny tea
+service of china, packed in shavings; there was a teapot with a
+lid, a cream jug, cups and saucers, and six microscopic plates,
+each painted with a pansy.
+
+"Sure, it's a tay-set!" said Paddy, in an interested voice."
+
+Glory be to God! will you look at the little plates wid the flowers
+on thim?"
+
+"Heugh!" said Dick in disgust; "I thought it might a' been soldiers."
+
+"_I_ don't want soldiers," replied Emmeline, in a voice of perfect
+contentment.
+
+She unfolded a piece of tissue paper, and took from it a sugar-
+tongs and six spoons. Then she arrayed the whole lot on the sand.
+
+"Well, if that don't beat all!" said Paddy.
+
+"And whin are you goin' to ax me to tay with you?"
+
+"Some time," replied Emmeline, collecting the things, and
+carefully repacking them.
+
+Mr Button finished his pipe, tapped the ashes out, and placed it in
+his pocket.
+
+"I'll be afther riggin' up a bit of a tint," said he, as he rose to his
+feet, "to shelter us from the jew to-night; but I'll first have a
+look at the woods to see if I can find wather. Lave your box with
+the other things, Emmeline; there's no one here to take it."
+
+Emmeline left her box on the heap of things that Paddy had placed
+in the shadow of the cocoa-nut trees, took his hand, and the three
+entered the grove on the right.
+
+It was like entering a pine forest; the tall symmetrical stems of
+the trees seemed set by mathematical law, each at a given
+distance from the other. Whichever way you entered a twilight
+alley set with tree boles lay before you. Looking up you saw at an
+immense distance above a pale green roof patined with sparkling
+and flashing points of light, where the breeze was busy playing
+with the green fronds of the trees.
+
+"Mr Button," murmured Emmeline, "we won't get lost, will we?"
+
+"Lost! No, faith; sure we're goin' uphill, an' all we have to do is to
+come down again, when we want to get back--'ware nuts!" A green
+nut detached from up above came down rattling and tumbling and
+hopped on the ground. Paddy picked it up. "It's a green cucanut,"
+said he, putting it in his pocket (it was not very much bigger than
+a Jaffa orange), "and we'll have it for tay."
+
+"That's not a cocoa-nut," said Dick; "coco-anuts are brown. I had
+five cents once an' I bought one, and scraped it out and y'et it."
+
+"When Dr. Sims made Dicky sick," said Emmeline, "he said the
+wonder t'im was how Dicky held it all."
+
+"Come on," said Mr Button, "an' don't be talkin', or it's the
+Cluricaunes will be after us."
+
+"What's cluricaunes?" demanded Dick.
+
+"Little men no bigger than your thumb that make the brogues for
+the Good People."
+
+"Who's they?"
+
+"Whisht, and don't be talkin'. Mind your head, Em'leen, or the
+branches'll be hittin' you in the face."
+
+They had left the cocoa-nut grove, and entered the chapparel. Here
+was a deeper twilight, and all sorts of trees lent their foliage to
+make the shade. The artu with its delicately diamonded trunk, the
+great bread-fruit tall as a beech, and shadowy as a cave, the aoa,
+and the eternal cocoa-nut palm all grew here like brothers. Great
+ropes of wild vine twined like the snake of the laocoon from tree
+to tree, and all sorts of wonderful flowers, from the orchid
+shaped like a butterfly to the scarlet hibiscus, made beautiful the
+gloom.
+
+Suddenly Mr Button stopped.
+
+"Whisht!" said he.
+
+Through the silence--a silence filled with the hum and the
+murmur of wood insects and the faint, far song of the reef--came
+a tinkling, rippling sound: it was water. He listened to make sure
+of the bearing of the sound, then he made for it.
+
+Next moment they found themselves in a little grass-grown glade.
+From the hilly ground above, over a rock black and polished like
+ebony, fell a tiny cascade not much broader than one's hand; ferns
+grew around and from a tree above a great rope of wild
+convolvulus flowers blew their trumpets in the enchanted
+twilight.
+
+The children cried out at the prettiness of it, and Emmeline ran
+and dabbled her hands in the water. Just above the little water-
+fall sprang a banana tree laden with fruit; it had immense leaves
+six feet long and more, and broad as a dinner-table. One could see
+the golden glint of the ripe fruit through the foliage.
+
+In a moment Mr Button had kicked off his shoes and was going up
+the rock like a cat, absolutely, for it seemed to give him nothing
+to climb by.
+
+"Hurroo!" cried Dick in admiration. "Look at Paddy!"
+
+Emmeline looked, and saw nothing but swaying leaves.
+
+"Stand from under!" he shouted, and next moment down came a
+huge bunch of yellow-jacketed bananas. Dick shouted with
+delight, but Emmeline showed no excitement: she had discovered
+something.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+DEATH VEILED WITH LICHEN
+
+
+"Mr Button," said she, when the latter had descended, "there's a
+little barrel"; she pointed to something green and lichen-covered
+that lay between the trunks of two trees--something that eyes
+less sharp than the eyes of a child might have mistaken for a
+boulder.
+
+"Sure, an' faith it's an' ould empty bar'l," said Button, wiping the
+sweat from his brow and staring at the thing. "Some ship must
+have been wathering here an' forgot it. It'll do for a sate whilst
+we have dinner."
+
+He sat down upon it and distributed the bananas to the children,
+who sat down on the grass.
+
+The barrel looked such a deserted and neglected thing that his
+imagination assumed it to be empty. Empty or full, however, it
+made an excellent seat, for it was quarter sunk in the green soft
+earth, and immovable.
+
+"If ships has been here, ships will come again," said he, as he
+munched his bananas.
+
+"Will daddy's ship come here?" asked Dick.
+
+"Ay, to be sure it will," replied the other, taking out his pipe.
+"Now run about and play with the flowers an' lave me alone to
+smoke a pipe, and then we'll all go to the top of the hill beyant,
+and have a look round us.
+
+"Come 'long, Em!" cried Dick; and the children started off amongst
+the trees, Dick pulling at the hanging vine tendrils, and Emmeline
+plucking what blossoms she could find within her small reach.
+
+When he had finished his pipe he hallooed, and small voices
+answered him from the wood. Then the children came running
+back, Emmeline laughing and showing her small white teeth, a
+large bunch of blossoms in her hand; Dick flowerless, but carrying
+what seemed a large green stone.
+
+"Look at what a funny thing I've found!" he cried; "it's got holes in
+it."
+
+"Dhrap it!" shouted Mr Button, springing from the barrel as if
+someone had stuck an awl into him. "Where'd you find it? What
+d'you mane by touchin' it? Give it here."
+
+He took it gingerly in his hands; it was a lichen-covered skull,
+with a great dent in the back of it where it had been cloven by an
+axe or some sharp instrument. He hove it as far as he could away
+amidst the trees.
+
+"What is it, Paddy?" asked Dick, half astonished, half frightened
+at the old man's manner.
+
+"It's nothin' good," replied Mr Button.
+
+"There were two others, and I wanted to fetch them," grumbled
+Dick.
+
+"You lave them alone. Musha! musha! but there's been black doin's
+here in days gone by. What is it, Emmeline?"
+
+Emmeline was holding out her bunch of flowers for admiration. He
+took a great gaudy blossom--if flowers can ever be called gaudy-
+-and stuck its stalk in the pocket of his coat. Then he led the way
+uphill, muttering as he went.
+
+The higher they got, the less dense became the trees and the
+fewer the cocoa-nut palms. The cocoa-nut palm loves the sea, and
+the few they had here all had their heads bent in the direction of
+the lagoon, as if yearning after it.
+
+They passed a cane-brake where canes twenty feet high
+whispered together like bulrushes. Then a sunlit sward, destitute
+of tree or shrub, led them sharply upward for a hundred feet or so
+to where a great rock, the highest point of the island, stood,
+casting its shadow in the sunshine. The rock was about twenty
+feet high, and easy to climb. Its top was almost flat, and as
+spacious as an ordinary dinner-table. From it one could obtain a
+complete view of the island and the sea.
+
+Looking down, one's eye travelled over the trembling and waving
+tree-tops, to the lagoon; beyond the lagoon to the reef, beyond the
+reef to the infinite-space of the Pacific. The reef encircled the
+whole island, here further from the land, here closer; the song of
+the surf on it came as a whisper, just like the whisper you hear in
+a shell; but, a strange thing, though the sound heard on the beach
+was continuous, up here one could distinguish an intermittency as
+breaker after breaker dashed itself to death on the coral strand
+below.
+
+You have seen a field of green barley ruffled over by the wind,
+just so from the hill-top you could see the wind in its passage
+over the sunlit foliage beneath.
+
+It was breezing up from the south-west, and banyan and cocoa-
+palm, artu and breadfruit tree, swayed and rocked in the merry
+wind.
+
+So bright and moving was the picture of the breeze-swept sea,
+the blue lagoon, the foam-dashed reef, and the rocking trees that
+one felt one had surprised some mysterious gala day, some
+festival of Nature more than ordinarily glad.
+
+As if to strengthen the idea, now and then above the trees would
+burst what seemed a rocket of coloured stars. The stars would
+drift away in a flock on the wind and be lost. They were flights of
+birds. All-coloured birds peopled the trees below blue, scarlet,
+dove-coloured, bright of eye, but voiceless. From the reef you
+could see occasionally the seagulls rising here and there in clouds
+like small puffs of smoke.
+
+The lagoon, here deep, here shallow, presented, according to its
+depth or shallowness, the colours of ultra-marine or sky. The
+broadest parts were the palest, because the most shallow; and
+here and there, in the shallows, you might see a faint tracery of
+coral ribs almost reaching the surface. The island at its broadest
+might have been three miles across. There was not a sign of house
+or habitation to be seen, and not a sail on the whole of the wide
+Pacific.
+
+It was a strange place to be, up here. To find oneself surrounded
+by grass and flowers and trees, and all the kindliness of nature,
+to feel the breeze blow, to smoke one's pipe, and to remember
+that one was in a place uninhabited and unknown. A place to which
+no messages were ever carried except by the wind or the sea-
+gulls.
+
+In this solitude the beetle was as carefully painted and the
+flower as carefully tended as though all the peoples of the
+civilised world were standing by to criticise or approve.
+
+Nowhere in the world, perhaps, so well as here, could you
+appreciate Nature's splendid indifference to the great affairs of
+Man.
+
+The old sailor was thinking nothing of this sort. His eyes were
+fixed on a small and almost imperceptible stain on the horizon to
+the sou'-sou'-west. It was no doubt another island almost hull-
+down on the horizon. Save for this blemish the whole wheel of the
+sea was empty and serene.
+
+Emmeline had not followed them up to the rock. She had gone
+botanising where some bushes displayed great bunches of the
+crimson arita berries as if to show to the sun what Earth could do
+in the way of manufacturing poison. She plucked two great
+bunches of them, and with this treasure came to the base of the
+rock.
+
+"Lave thim berries down!" cried Mr Button, when she had
+attracted his attention. "Don't put thim in your mouth; thim's the
+never-wake-up berries."
+
+He came down off the rock, hand over fist, flung the poisonous
+things away, and looked into Emmeline's small mouth, which at
+his command she opened wide. There was only a little pink tongue
+in it, however, curled up like a rose-leaf; no sign of berries or
+poison. So, giving her a little shake, just as a nursemaid would
+have done in like circumstances, he took Dick off the rock, and led
+the way back to the beach.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+ECHOES OF FAIRY-LAND
+
+
+"Mr Buttons," said Emmeline that night, as they sat on the sand
+near the tent he had improvised, "Mr Button--cats go to sleep."
+
+They had been questioning him about the "never-wake-up" berries.
+
+"Who said they didn't?" asked Mr Button.
+
+"I mean," said Emmeline, "they go to sleep and never wake up
+again. Ours did. It had stripes on it, and a white chest, and rings
+all down its tail. It went asleep in the garden, all stretched out,
+and showing its teeth; an' I told Jane, and Dicky ran in an' told
+uncle. I went to Mrs Sims, the doctor's wife, to tea; and when I
+came back I asked Jane where pussy was and she said it was
+deadn' berried, but I wasn't to tell uncle."
+
+"I remember," said Dick. "It was the day I went to the circus, and
+you told me not to tell daddy the cat was deadn' berried. But I told
+Mrs James's man when he came to do the garden; and I asked him
+where cats went when they were deadn' berried, and he said he
+guessed they went to hell--at least he hoped they did, for they
+were always scratchin' up the flowers. Then he told me not to tell
+anyone he'd said that, for it was a swear word, and he oughtn't to
+have said it. I asked him what he'd give me if I didn't tell, an' he
+gave me five cents. That was the day I bought the cocoa-nut."
+
+The tent, a makeshift affair, consisting of two sculls and a tree
+branch, which Mr Button had sawed off from a dwarf aoa, and the
+staysail he had brought from the brig, was pitched in the centre
+of the beach, so as to be out of the way of falling cocoa-nuts,
+should the breeze strengthen during the night. The sun had set, but
+the moon had not yet risen as they sat in the starlight on the sand
+near the temporary abode.
+
+"What's the things you said made the boots for the people,
+Paddy?" asked Dick, after a pause.
+
+"Which things?"
+
+"You said in the wood I wasn't to talk, else--"
+
+"Oh, the Cluricaunes--the little men that cobbles the Good
+People's brogues. Is it them you mane?"
+
+"Yes," said Dick, not knowing quite whether it was them or not
+that he meant, but anxious for information that he felt would be
+curious. "And what are the good people?"
+
+"Sure, where were you born and bred that you don't know the Good
+People is the other name for the fairies--savin' their presence?"
+
+"There aren't any," replied Dick. "Mrs Sims said there weren't."
+
+"Mrs James," put in Emmeline, "said there were. She said she
+liked to see children b'lieve in fairies. She was talking to another
+lady, who'd got a red feather in her bonnet, and a fur muff. They
+were having tea, and I was sitting on the hearthrug. She said the
+world was getting too--something or another, an' then the other
+lady said it was, and asked Mrs James did she see Mrs Someone
+in the awful hat she wore Thanksgiving Day. They didn't say
+anything more about fairies, but Mrs James--"
+
+"Whether you b'lave in them or not," said Paddy, "there they are.
+An' maybe they're poppin' out of the wood behint us now, an'
+listenin' to us talkin'; though I'm doubtful if there's any in these
+parts, though down in Connaught they were as thick as
+blackberries in the ould days. O musha! musha! The ould days, the
+ould days! when will I be seein' thim again? Now, you may b'lave
+me or b'lave me not, but me own ould father--God rest his sowl!
+was comin' over Croagh Patrick one night before Christmas with a
+bottle of whisky in one hand of him, and a goose, plucked an'
+claned an' all, in the other, which same he'd won in a lottery,
+when, hearin' a tchune no louder than the buzzin' of a bee, over a
+furze-bush he peeps, and there, round a big white stone, the Good
+People were dancing in a ring hand in hand, an' kickin' their heels,
+an' the eyes of them glowin' like the eyes of moths; and a chap on
+the stone, no bigger than the joint of your thumb, playin' to thim
+on a bagpipes. Wid that he let wan yell an' drops the goose an'
+makes for home, over hedge an' ditch, boundin' like a buck
+kangaroo, an' the face on him as white as flour when he burst in
+through the door, where we was all sittin' round the fire burnin'
+chestnuts to see who'd be married the first.
+
+"`An' what in the name of the saints is the mather wid yiz?' says
+me mother.
+
+"`I've sane the Good People,' says he, `up on the field beyant,' says
+he; `and they've got the goose,' says he, `but, begorra, I've saved
+.the bottle,' he says. "Dhraw the cork and give me a taste of it,
+for me heart's in me throat, and me tongue's like a brick-kil.'
+
+"An' whin we come to prize the cork out of the bottle, there was
+nothin' in it; an' whin we went next marnin' to look for the goose,
+it was gone. But there was the stone, sure enough, and the marks
+on it of the little brogues of the chap that'd played the bagpipes
+and who'd be doubtin' there were fairies after that?"
+
+The children said nothing for a while, and then Dick said:
+
+"Tell us about Cluricaunes, and how they make the boots."
+
+"Whin I'm tellin' you about Cluricaunes," said Mr Button, "it's the
+truth I'm tellin' you, an' out of me own knowlidge, for I've spoke
+to a man that's held wan in his hand; he was me own mother's
+brother, Con Cogan--rest his sowl! Con was six fut two, wid a
+long, white face; he'd had his head bashed in, years before I was
+barn, in some ruction or other, an' the docthers had japanned him
+with a five-shillin' piece beat flat."
+
+Dick interposed with a question as to the process, aim, and object
+of japanning, but Mr Button passed the question by.
+
+"He'd been bad enough for seein' fairies before they japanned him,
+but afther it, begorra, he was twiced as bad. I was a slip of a lad
+at the time, but me hair near turned grey wid the tales he'd tell
+of the Good People and their doin's. One night they'd turn him into
+a harse an' ride him half over the county, wan chap on his back an'
+another runnin' behind, shovin' furze prickles under his tail to
+make him buck-lep. Another night it's a dunkey he'd be, harnessed
+to a little cart, an' bein' kicked in the belly and made to draw
+stones. Thin it's a goose he'd be, runnin' over the common wid his
+neck stritched out squawkin', an' an old fairy woman afther him
+wid a knife, till it fair drove him to the dhrink; though, by the
+same token, he didn't want much dhrivin'.
+
+"And what does he do when his money was gone, but tear the five-
+shillin' piece they'd japanned him wid aff the top of his hed, and
+swaps it for a bottle of whisky, and that was the end of him."
+
+Mr Button paused to relight his pipe, which had gone out, and
+there was silence for a moment.
+
+The moon had risen, and the song of the surf on the reef filled the
+whole night with its lullaby. The broad lagoon lay waving and
+rippling in the moonlight to the incoming tide. Twice as broad it
+always looked seen by moonlight or starlight than when seen by
+day. Occasionally the splash of a great fish would cross the
+silence, and the ripple of it wouId pass a moment later across the
+placid water.
+
+Big things happened in the lagoon at night, unseen by eyes from
+the shore. You would have found the wood behind them, had you
+walked through it, full of light. A tropic forest under a tropic
+moon is green as a sea cave. You can see the vine tendrils and the
+flowers, the orchids and tree boles all lit as by the light of an
+emerald-tinted day.
+
+Mr Button took a long piece of string from his pocket.
+
+"It's bedtime," said he; "and I'm going to tether Em'leen, for fear
+she'd be walkin' in her slape, and wandherin' away an' bein' lost
+in the woods."
+
+"I don't want to be tethered," said E mmeIine.
+
+"It's for your own good I'm doin' it," replied Mr Button, fixing the
+string round her waist. "Now come 'long."
+
+He led her like a dog in a leash to the tent, and tied the other end
+of the string to the scull, which was the tent's main prop and
+support.
+
+"Now," said he, "if you be gettin' up and walkin' about in the night,
+it's down the tint will be on top of us all."
+
+And, sure enough, in the small hours of the morning, it was.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+FAIR PICTURES IN THE BLUE
+
+
+"I don't want my old britches on! I don't want my old britches on!"
+
+Dick was darting about naked on the sand, Mr Button after him
+with a pair of small trousers in his hand. A crab might just as
+well have attempted to chase an antelope.
+
+They had been on the island a fortnight, and Dick had discovered
+the keenest joy in life to be naked. To be naked and wallow in the
+shallows of the lagoon, to be naked and sit drying in the sun. To be
+free from the curse of clothes, to shed civilisation on the beach
+in the form of breeches, boots, coat, and hat, and to be one with
+the wind and the sun and the sea.
+
+The very first command Mr Button had given on the second
+morning of their arrival was, "Strip and into the water wid you."
+
+Dick had resisted at first, and Emmeline (who rarely wept) had
+stood weeping in her little chemise. But Mr Button was obdurate.
+The difficulty at first was to get them in; the difficulty now was
+to keep them out.
+
+Emmeline was sitting as nude as the day star, drying in the
+morning sun after her dip, and watching Dick's evolutions on the
+sand.
+
+The lagoon had for the children far more attraction than the land.
+Woods where you might knock ripe bananas off the trees with a
+big cane, sands where golden lizards would scuttle about so tame
+that you might with a little caution seize them by the tail, a hill-
+top from whence you might see, to use Paddy's expression, "to the
+back of beyond"; all these were fine enough in their way, but they
+were nothing to the lagoon.
+
+Deep down where the coral branches were you might watch,
+whilst Paddy fished, all sorts of things disporting on the sand
+patches and between the coral tufts. Hermit crabs that had
+evicted whelks, wearing the evicted ones' shells--an obvious
+misfit; sea anemones as big as roses. Flowers that closed up in an
+irritable manner if you lowered the hook gently down and touched
+them; extraordinary shells that walked about on feelers, elbowing
+the crabs out of the way and terrorising the whelks. The overlords
+of the sand patches, these; yet touch one on the back with a stone
+tied to a bit of string, and down he would go flat, motionless and
+feigning death. There was a lot of human nature lurking in the
+depths of the lagoon, comedy and tragedy.
+
+An English rock-pool has its marvels. You can fancy the marvels
+of this vast rock-pool, nine miles round and varying from a third
+to half a mile broad, swarming with tropic life and flights of
+painted fishes; where the glittering albicore passed beneath the
+boat like a fire and a shadow; where the boat's reflection lay as
+clear on the bottom as though the water were air; where the sea,
+pacified by the reef, told, like a little child, its dreams.
+
+It suited the lazy humour of Mr Button that he never pursued the
+lagoon more than half a mile or so on either side of the beach. He
+would bring the fish he caught ashore, and with the aid of his
+tinder box and dead sticks make a blazing fire on the sand; cook
+fish and breadfruit and taro roots, helped and hindered by the
+children. They fixed the tent amidst the trees at the edge of the
+chapparel, and made it larger and more abiding with the aid of the
+dinghy's sail.
+
+Amidst these occupations, wonders, and pleasures, the children
+lost all count of the flight of time. They rarely asked about Mr
+Lestrange; after a while they did'nt ask about him at all. Children
+soon forget.
+
+
+
+PART III
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE POETRY OF LEARNING
+
+
+To forget the passage of time you must live in the open air, in a
+warm climate, with as few clothes as possible upon you. You must
+collect and cook your own food. Then, after a while, if you have no
+special ties to bind you to civilisation, Nature will begin to do for
+you what she does for the savage. You will recognise that it is
+possible to be happy without books or newspapers, letters or
+bills. You will recognise the part sleep plays in Nature.
+
+After a month on the island you might have seen Dick at one
+moment full of life and activity, helping Mr Button to dig up a
+taro root or what-not, the next curled up to sleep like a dog. E
+mmeline the same. Profound and prolonged lapses into sleep;
+sudden awakenings into a world of pure air and dazzling light, the
+gaiety of colour all round. Nature had indeed opened her doors to
+these children.
+
+One might have fancied her in an experimental mood, saying: "Let
+me put these buds of civilisation back into my nursery and see
+what they will become--how they will blossom, and what will be
+the end of it all."
+
+Just as Emmeline had brought away her treasured box from the
+Northumberland, Dick had conveyed with him a small linen bag
+that chinked when shaken. It contained marbles. Small olive-green
+marbles and middle-sized ones of various colours; glass marbles
+with splendid coloured cores; and one large old grandfather
+marble too big to be played with, but none the less to be
+worshipped--a god marble.
+
+Of course one cannot play at marbles on board ship, but one can
+play WITH them. They had been a great comfort to Dick on the
+voyage. He knew them each personally, and he would roll them out
+on the mattress of his bunk and review them nearly every day,
+whilst Emmeline looked on.
+
+One day Mr Button, noticing Dick and the girl kneeling opposite
+each other on a flat, hard piece of sand near the water's edge,
+strolled up to see what they were doing. They were playing
+marbles. He stood with his hands in his pockets and his pipe in his
+mouth watching and criticising the game, pleased that the
+"childer" were amused. Then he began to be amused himself, and in
+a few minutes more he was down on his knees taking a hand;
+Emmeline, a poor player and an unenthusiastic one, withdrawing
+in his favour.
+
+After that it was a common thing to see them playing together,
+the old sailor on his knees, one eye shut, and a marble against the
+nail of his horny thumb taking aim; Dick and Emmeline on the
+watch to make sure he was playing fair, their shrill voices
+echoing amidst the cocoa-nut trees with cries of "Knuckle down,
+Paddy, knuckle down!" He entered into all their amusements just
+as one of themselves. On high and rare occasions Emmeline would
+open her precious box, spread its contents and give a tea-party,
+Mr Button acting as guest or president as the case might be.
+
+"Is your tay to your likin', ma'am?" he would enquire; and
+Emmeline, sipping at her tiny cup, would invariably make answer:
+"Another lump of sugar, if you please, Mr Button"; to which would
+come the stereotyped reply: "Take a dozen, and welcome; and
+another cup for the good of your make."
+
+Then Emmeline would wash the things in imaginary water, replace
+them in the box, and every one would lose their company manners
+and become quite natural again.
+
+"Have you ever seen your name, Paddy?" asked Dick one morning.
+
+"Seen me which?"
+
+"Your name?"
+
+"Arrah, don't be axin' me questions," replied the other. "How the
+divil could I see me name
+
+"Wait and I'll show you," replied Dick.
+
+He ran and fetched a piece of cane, and a minute later on the salt-
+white sand in face of orthography and the sun appeared these
+portentous letters:
+
+B U T T E N
+
+"Faith, an' it's a cliver boy y'are," said Mr Button admiringly, as
+he leaned luxuriously against a cocoa-nut tree, and contemplated
+Dick's handiwork. "And that's me name, is it? What's the letters
+in it?"
+
+Dick enumerated them.
+
+"I'll teach you to do it, too," he said. "I'll teach you to write your
+name, Paddy--would you like to write your name, Paddy?"
+
+"No," replied the other, who only wanted to be let smoke his pipe
+in peace; "me name's no use to me."
+
+But Dick, with the terrible gadfly tirelessness of childhood, was
+not to be put off, and the unfortunate Mr Button had to go to
+school despite himself. In a few days he could achieve the act of
+drawing upon the sand characters somewhat like the above, but
+not without prompting, Dick and Emmeline on each side of him,
+breathless for fear of a mistake.
+
+"Which next?" would ask the sweating scribe, the perspiration
+pouring from his forehead--"which next? An' be quick, for it's
+moithered I am."
+
+"N. N--that's right. Ow, you're making it crooked!--THAT'S right--
+there! it's all there now--Hurroo!"
+
+"Hurroo!" would answer the scholar, waving his old hat over his
+own name, and "Hurroo!" would answer the cocoa-nut grove
+echoes; whilst the far, faint "Hi, hi!" of the wheeling gulls on the
+reef would come over the blue lagoon as if in acknowledgment of
+the deed, and encouragement.
+
+The appetite comes with teaching. The pleasantest mental
+exercise of childhood is the instruction of one's elders. Even
+Emmeline felt this. She took the geography class one day in a
+timid manner, putting her little hand first in the great horny fist
+of her friend.
+
+"Mr Button!"
+
+"Well, honey?"
+
+"I know g'ography."
+
+"And what's that?" asked Mr Button.
+
+This stumped Emmeline for a moment.
+
+"It's where places are," she said at last.
+
+"Which places?" enquired he.
+
+"All sorts of places," replied Emmeline. "Mr Button!"
+
+"What is it, darlin'?"
+
+"Would you like to learn g'ography?"
+
+"I'm not wishful for larnin'," said the other hurriedly. "It makes
+me head buzz to hear them things they rade out of books."
+
+"Paddy," said Dick, who was strong on drawing that afternoon,
+"look here." He drew the following on the sand:
+
+[a bad drawing of an elephant]
+
+"That's an elephant," he said in a dubious voice.
+
+Mr Button grunted, and the sound was by no means filled with
+enthusiastic assent. A chill fell on the proceedings.
+
+Dick wiped the elephant slowly and regretfully out, whilst
+Emmeline felt disheartened. Then her face suddenly cleared; the
+seraphic smile came into it for a moment--a bright idea had
+struck her.
+
+"Dicky," she said, "draw Henry the Eight."
+
+Dick's face brightened. He cleared the sand and drew the
+following figure:
+
+ l l
+ <[ ]>
+ / \
+
+"THAT'S not Henry the Eight," he explained, "but he will be in a
+minute. Daddy showed me how to draw him; he's nothing till he
+gets his hat on."
+
+"Put his hat on, put his hat on!" implored Emmeline, gazing
+alternately from the figure on the sand to Mr Button's face,
+watching for the delighted smile with which she was sure the old
+man would greet the great king when he appeared in all his glory.
+
+Then Dick with a single stroke of the cane put Henry's hat on.
+
+ === l
+ l l
+ <[ ]>
+ / \
+
+Now no portrait could be liker to his monk-hunting majesty than
+the above, created with one stroke of a cane (so to speak), yet Mr
+Button remained unmoved.
+
+"I did it for Mrs Sims," said Dick regretfully, "and she said it was
+the image of him."
+
+"Maybe the hat's not big enough," said Emmeline, turning her head
+from side to side as she gazed at the picture. It looked right, but
+she felt there must be something wrong, as Mr Button did not
+applaud. Has not every true artist felt the same before the silence
+of some critic?
+
+Mr Button tapped the ashes out of his pipe and rose to stretch
+himself, and the class rose and trooped down to.the lagoon edge,
+leaving Henry and his hat a figure on the sand to be obliterated by
+the wind.
+
+After a while, as time went on, Mr Button took to his lessons as a
+matter of course, the small inventions of the children assisting
+their utterly untrustworthy knowledge. Knowledge, perhaps, as
+useful as any other there amidst the lovely poetry of the palm
+trees and the sky.
+
+Days slipped into weeks, and weeks into months, without the
+appearance of a ship--a fact which gave Mr Button very little
+trouble; and even less to his charges, who were far too busy and
+amused to bother about ships.
+
+The rainy season came on them with a rush, and at the words
+"rainy season" do not conjure up in your mind the vision of a rainy
+day in Manchester.
+
+The rainy season here was quite a lively time. Torrential showers
+followed by bursts of sunshine, rainbows, and rain-dogs in the
+sky, and the delicious perfume of all manner of growing things on
+the earth.
+
+After the rains the old sailor said he'd be after making a house of
+bamboos before the next rains came on them; but, maybe, before
+that they'd be off the island.
+
+"However," said he, "I'll dra' you a picture of what it'll be like
+when it's up;" and on the sand he drew a figure like this:
+
+X
+
+Having thus drawn the plans of the building, he leaned back
+against a cocoa-palm and lit his pipe. But he had reckoned without
+Dick.
+
+The boy had not the least wish to live in a house, but he had a
+keen desire to see one built, and help to build one. The ingenuity
+which is part of the multiform basis of the American nature was
+aroused.
+
+"How're you going to keep them from slipping, if you tie them
+together like that?" he asked, when Paddy had more fully
+explained his method.
+
+"Which from slippin'?"
+
+"The canes--one from the other?"
+
+"After you've fixed thim, one cross t'other, you drive a nail
+through the cross-piece and a rope over all."
+
+"Have you any nails, Paddy?"
+
+"No," said Mr Button, "I haven't."
+
+"Then how're you goin' to build the house?"
+
+"Ax me no questions now; I want to smoke me pipe."
+
+But he had raised a devil difficult to lay. Morning, noon, and night
+it was "Paddy, when are you going to begin the house?" or, "Paddy,
+I guess I've got a way to make the canes stick together without
+nailing." Till Mr Button, in despair, like a beaver, began to build.
+
+There was great cane-cutting in the canebrake above, and, when
+sufficient had been procured, Mr Button struck work for three
+days. He would have struck altogether, but he had found a
+taskmaster.
+
+The tireless Dick, young and active, with no original laziness in
+his composition, no old bones to rest, or pipe to smoke, kept after
+him like a bluebottle fly. It was in vain that he tried to stave him
+off with stories about fairies and Cluricaunes. Dick wanted to
+build a house.
+
+Mr Button didn't. He wanted to rest. He did not mind fishing or
+climbing a cocoa-nut tree, which he did to admiration by passing
+a rope round himself and the tree, knotting it, and using it as a
+support during the climb; but house-building was monotonous
+work.
+
+He said he had no nails. Dick countered by showing how the canes
+could be held together by notching them.
+
+"And, faith, but it's a cliver boy you are," said the weary one
+admiringly, when the other had explained his method.
+
+"Then come along, Paddy, and stick 'em up."
+
+Mr Button said he had no rope, that he'd have to think about it,
+that to-morrow or next day he'd be after getting some notion how
+to do it without rope. But Dick pointed out that the brown cloth
+which Nature has wrapped round the cocoa-palm stalks would do
+instead of rope if cut in strips. Then the badgered one gave in.
+
+They laboured for a fortnight at the thing, and at the end of that
+time had produced a rough sort of wigwam on the borders of the
+chapparel.
+
+Out on the reef, to which they often rowed in the dinghy, when the
+tide was low, deep pools would be left, and in the pools fish.
+Paddy said if they had a spear they might be able to spear some of
+these fish, as he had seen the natives do away "beyant" in Tahiti.
+
+Dick enquired as to the nature of a spear, and next day produced a
+ten-foot cane sharpened at the end after the fashion of a quill
+pen.
+
+"Sure, what's the use of that?" said Mr Button. "You might job it
+into a fish, but he'd be aff it in two ticks; it's the barb that holds
+them."
+
+Next day the indefatigable one produced the cane amended; he had
+whittled it down about three feet from the end and on one side,
+and carved a fairly efficient barb. It was good enough, at all
+events, to spear a "groper" with, that evening, in the sunset-lit
+pools of the reef at low tide.
+
+"There aren't any potatoes here," said Dick one day, after the
+second rains.
+
+"We've et 'em all months ago," replied Paddy.
+
+"How do potatoes grow?" enquired Dick.
+
+"Grow, is it? Why, they grow in the ground; and where else would
+they grow?" He explained the process of potato-planting: cutting
+them into pieces so that there was an eye in each piece, and so
+forth. "Having done this," said Mr Button, "you just chuck the
+pieces in the ground; their eyes grow, green leaves `pop up,' and
+then, if you dug the roots up maybe, six months after, you'd find
+bushels of potatoes in the ground, ones as big as your head, and
+weeny ones. It's like a famiIy of childer--some's big and some's
+little. But there they are in the ground, and all you have to do is to
+take a fark and dig a potful of them with a turn of your wrist, as
+many a time I've done it in the ould days."
+
+"Why didn't we do that?" asked Dick.
+
+"Do what?" asked Mr Button.
+
+"Plant some of the potatoes."
+
+"And where'd we have found the spade to plant them with?"
+
+"I guess we could have fixed up a spade," replied the boy. "I made a
+spade at home, out of a piece of old board once--daddy helped."
+
+"Well, skelp off with you, and make a spade now," replied the
+other, who wanted to be quiet and think, "and you and Em'line can
+dig in the sand."
+
+Emmeline was sitting nearby, stringing together some gorgeous
+blossoms on a tendril of liana. Months of sun and ozone had made a
+considerable difference in the child. She was as brown as a gipsy
+and freckled, not very much taller, but twice as plump. Her eyes
+had lost considerably that look as though she were contemplating
+futurity and immensity--not as abstractions, but as concrete
+images, and she had lost the habit of sleep-walking.
+
+The shock of the tent coming down on the first night she was
+tethered to the scull had broken her of it, helped by the new
+healthful conditions of life, the sea-bathing, and the eternal open
+air. There is no narcotic to excel fresh air.
+
+Months of semi-savagery had made also a good deal of difference
+in Dick's appearance. He was two inches taller than on the day
+they landed. Freckled and tanned, he had the appearance of a boy
+of twelve. He was the promise of a fine man. He was not a good--
+looking child, but he was healthy-looking, with a jolly laugh, and
+a daring, almost impudent expression of face.
+
+The question of the children's clothes was beginning to vex the
+mind of the old sailor. The climate was a suit of clothes in itself.
+One was much happier with almost nothing on. Of course there
+were changes of temperature, but they were slight. Eternal
+summer, broken by torrential rains, and occasionally a storm,
+that was the climate of the island; still, the "childer" couldn't go
+about with nothing on.
+
+He took some of the striped flannel and made Emmeline a kilt. It
+was funny to see him sitting on the sand, Emmeline standing
+before him with her garment round her waist, being tried on; he,
+with a mouthful of pins, and the housewife with the scissors,
+needles, and thread by his side.
+
+"Turn to the lift a bit more," he'd say, "aisy does it. Stidy so--
+musha! musha! where's thim scissors? Dick, be holdin' the end of
+this bit of string till I get the stitches in behint. Does that hang
+comfortable? well, an' you're the trouble an' all. How's THAT?
+That's aisier, is it? Lift your fut till I see if it comes to your
+knees. Now off with it, and lave me alone till I stitch the tags to
+it."
+
+It was the mixture of a skirt and the idea of a sail, for it had two
+rows of reef points; a most ingenious idea, as it could be reefed
+if the child wanted to go paddling, or in windy weather.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE DEVIL'S CASK
+
+
+One morning, about a week after the day on which the old sailor,
+to use his own expression, had bent a skirt on Emmeline, Dick
+came through the woods and across the sands running. He had been
+on the hill-top.
+
+"Paddy," he cried to the old man, who was fixing a hook on a
+fishing-line, "there's a ship!"
+
+It did not take Mr Button long to reach the hill-top, and there she
+was, beating up for the island. Bluff-bowed and squab, the figure
+of an old Dutch woman, and telling of her trade a league off. It
+was just after the rains, the sky was not yet quite clear of
+clouds; you could see showers away at sea, and the sea was green
+and foam-capped.
+
+There was the trying-out gear; there were the boats, the crow's
+nest, and all complete, and labelling her a whaler. She was a ship,
+no doubt, but Paddy Button would as soon have gone on board a
+ship manned by devils, and captained by Lucifer, as on board a
+South Sea whaleman. He had been there before, and he knew.
+
+He hid the children under a large banyan, and told them not to stir
+or breathe till he came back, for the ship was "the devil's own
+ship"; and if the men on board caught them they'd skin them alive
+and all.
+
+Then he made for the beach; he collected all the things out of the
+wigwam, and all the old truck in the shape of boots and old
+clothes, and stowed them away in the dinghy. He would have
+destroyed the house, if he could, but he hadn't time. Then he
+rowed the dinghy a hundred yards down the lagoon to the left, and
+moored her under the shade of an aoa, whose branches grew right
+over the water. Then he came back through the cocoa-nut grove on
+foot, and peered through the trees over the lagoon to see what
+was to be seen.
+
+The wind was blowing dead on for the opening in the reef, and the
+old whaleman came along breasting the swell with her bluff
+bows, and entered the lagoon. There was no leadsman in her
+chains. She just came in as if she knew all the soundings by
+heart--as probably she did--for these whalemen know every hole
+and corner in the Pacific.
+
+The anchor fell with a splash, and she swung to it, making a
+strange enough picture as she floated on the blue mirror, backed
+by the graceful palm tree on the reef. Then Mr Button, without
+waiting to see the boats lowered, made back to his charges, and
+the three camped in the woods that night.
+
+Next morning the whaleman was off and away, leaving as a token
+of her visit the white sand all trampled, an empty bottle, half an
+old newspaper, and the wigwam torn to pieces.
+
+The old sailor cursed her and her crew, for the incident had
+brought a new exercise into his lazy life. Every day now at noon
+he had to climb the hill, on the look-out for whalemen. Whalemen
+haunted his dreams, though I doubt if he would willingly have
+gone on board even a Royal Mail steamer. He was quite happy
+where he was. After long years of the fo'cs'le the island was a
+change indeed. He had tobacco enough to last him for an indefinite
+time, the children for companions, and food at his elbow. He
+would have been entirely happy if the island had only been
+supplied by Nature with a public-house.
+
+The spirit of hilarity and good fellowship, however, who suddenly
+discovered this error on the part of Nature, rectified it, as will
+be presently seen.
+
+The most disastrous result of the whaleman's visit was not the
+destruction of the "house," but the disappearance of Emmeline's
+box. Hunt high or hunt low, it could not be found. Mr Button in his
+hurry must have forgotten it when he removed the things to the
+dinghy--at all events, it was gone. Probably one of the crew of
+the whalemen had found it and carried it off with him; no one
+could say. It was gone, and there was the end of the matter, and
+the beginning of great tribulation, that lasted Emmeline for a
+week.
+
+She was intensely fond of coloured things, coloured flowers
+especially; and she had the prettiest way of making them into a
+wreath for her own or someone else's head. It was the hat-making
+instinct that was at work in her, perhaps; at all events, it was a
+feminine instinct, for Dick made no wreaths.
+
+One morning, as she was sitting by the old sailor engaged in
+stringing shells, Dick came running along the edge of the grove. He
+had just come out of the wood, and he seemed to be looking for
+something. Then he found what he was in search of--a big shell--
+and with it in his hand made back to the wood.
+
+Item.--His dress was a piece of cocoa-nut cloth tied round his
+middle. Why he wore it at all, goodness knows, for he would as
+often as not be running about stark naked.
+
+"I've found something, Paddy!" he cried, as he disappeared among
+the trees.
+
+"What have you found?" piped Emmeline, who was always
+interested in new things.
+
+"Something funny!" came back from amidst the trees.
+
+Presently he returned; but he was not running now. He was
+walking slowly and carefully, holding the shell as if it contained
+something precious that he was afraid would escape.
+
+"Paddy, I turned over the old barrel and it had a cork thing in it,
+and I pulled it out, and the barrel is full of awfully funny-
+smelling stuff--I've brought some for you to see."
+
+He gave the shell into the old sailor's hands. There was about half
+a gill of yellow liquid in the shell. Paddy smelt it, tasted, and
+gave a shout.
+
+"Rum, begorra!"
+
+"What is it, Paddy?" asked Emmeline.
+
+"WHERE did you say you got it--in the ould bar'l, did you say?"
+asked Mr Button, who seemed dazed and stunned as if by a blow.
+
+"Yes; I pulled the cork thing out--"
+
+"DID YIZ PUT IT BACK?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Oh, glory be to God! Here have I been, time out of mind, sittin' on
+an ould empty bar'l, with me tongue hangin' down to me heels for
+the want of a drink, and it full of rum all the while!"
+
+He took a sip of the stuff, tossed the lot off, closed his lips tight
+to keep in the fumes, and shut one eye.
+
+Emmeline laughed.
+
+Mr Button scrambled to his feet. They followed him through the
+chapparel till they reached the water source. There lay the little
+green barrel; turned over by the restless Dick, it lay with its bung
+pointing to the leaves above. You could see the hollow it had made
+in the soft soil during the years. So green was it, and so like an
+object of nature, a bit of old tree-bole, or a lichen-stained
+boulder, that though the whalemen had actually watered from the
+source, its real nature had not been discovered.
+
+Mr Button tapped on it with the butt-end of the shell: it was
+nearly full. Why it had been left there, by whom, or how, there
+was no one to tell. The old lichen-covered skulls might have told,
+could they have spoken.
+
+"We'll rowl it down to the beach," said Paddy, when he had taken
+another taste of it.
+
+He gave Dick a sip. The boy spat it out, and made a face, then,
+pushing the barrel before them, they began to roll it downhill to
+the beach, Emmeline running before them crowned with flowers.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE RAT HUNT
+
+They had dinner at noon. Paddy knew how to cook fish, island
+fashion, wrapping them in leaves, and baking them in a hole in the
+ground in which a fire had previously been lit. They had fish and
+taro root baked, and green cocoa-nuts; and after dinner Mr Button
+filled a big shell with rum, and lit his pipe.
+
+The rum had been good originally, and age had improved it. Used as
+he was to the appalling balloon juice sold in the drinking dens of
+the "Barbary coast" at San Francisco, or the public-houses of the
+docks, this stuff was nectar.
+
+Joviality radiated from him: it was infectious. The children felt
+that some happy influence had fallen upon their friend. Usually
+after dinner he was drowsy and "wishful to be quiet." To-day he
+told them stories of the sea, and sang them songs--chantys:
+
+ "I'm a flyin' fish sailor come back from Hong Kong,
+ Yeo ho! blow the man down.
+ Blow the man down, bullies, blow the man down,
+ Oh, give us TIME to blow the man down.
+ You're a dirty black-baller come back from New York,
+ Yeo ho! blow the man down,
+ Blow the man down, bullies, blow the man down.
+ Oh, give us time to blow the man down."
+
+"Oh, give us TIME to blow the man down!" echoed Dick and
+Emmeline.
+
+Up above, in the trees, the bright-eyed birds were watching them-
+-such a happy party. They had all the appearance of picnickers,
+and the song echoed amongst the cocoa-nut trees, and the wind
+carried it over the lagoon to where the sea-gulls were wheeling
+and screaming, and the foam was thundering on the reef.
+
+That evening, Mr Button feeling inclined for joviality, and not
+wishing the children to see him under the influence, rolled the
+barrel through the cocoa-nut grove to a little clearing by the edge
+of the water. There, when the children were in bed and asleep, he
+repaired with some green cocoa-nuts and a shell. He was
+generally musical when amusing himself in this fashion, and
+Emmeline, waking up during the night, heard his voice borne
+through the moonlit cocoa-nut grove by the wind:
+
+ "There were five or six old drunken sailors
+ Standin' before the bar,
+ And Larry, he was servin' them
+ From a big five-gallon jar.
+
+ "Chorus.--
+ Hoist up the flag, long may it wave!
+ Long may it lade us to glory or the grave.
+ Stidy, boys, stidy--sound the jubilee,
+ For Babylon has fallen, and the slaves are all set
+ free."
+
+Next morning the musician awoke beside the cask. He had not a
+trace of a headache, or any bad feeling, but he made Dick do the
+cooking; and he lay in the shade of the cocoa-nut trees, with his
+head on a "pilla" made out of an old coat rolled up, twiddling his
+thumbs, smoking his pipe, and discoursing about the "ould" days,
+half to himself and half to his companions.
+
+That night he had another musical evening all to himself, and so it
+went on for a week. Then he began to lose his appetite and sleep;
+and one morning Dick found him sitting on the sand looking very
+queer indeed--as well he might, for he had been "seeing things"
+since dawn.
+
+"What is it, Paddy?" said the boy, running up, followed by
+Emmeline.
+
+Mr Button was staring at a point on the sand close by. He had his
+right hand raised after the manner of a person who is trying to
+catch a fly. Suddenly he made a grab at the sand, and then opened
+his hand wide to see what he had caught.
+
+"What is it, Paddy?"
+
+"The Cluricaune," replied Mr Button. "All dressed in green he was-
+-musha! musha! but it's only pretindin' I am."
+
+The complaint from which he was suffering has this strange thing
+about it, that, though the patient sees rats, or snakes, or what-
+not, as real-looking as the real things, and though they possess
+his mind for a moment, almost immediately he recognises that he
+is suffering from a delusion.
+
+The children laughed, and Mr Button laughed in a stupid sort of
+way.
+
+"Sure, it was only a game I was playin'--there was no Cluricaune
+at all--it's whin I dhrink rum it puts it into me head to play
+games like that. Oh, be the Holy Poker, there's red rats comin' out
+of the sand!"
+
+He got on his hands and knees and scuttle off towards the cocoa-
+nut trees, looking over his shoulder with a bewildered expression
+on his face. He would have risen to fly, only he dared not stand up.
+
+The children laughed and danced round him as he crawled.
+
+"Look at the rats, Paddy! look at the rats!" cried Dick.
+
+"They're in front of me!" cried the afflicted one, making a vicious
+grab at an imaginary rodent's tail. "Ran dan the bastes! now
+they're gone. Musha, but it's a fool I'm makin' of meself."
+
+"Go on, Paddy," said Dick; "don't stop. Look there--there's more
+rats coming after you!"
+
+"Oh, whisht, will you?" replied Paddy, taking his seat on the sand,
+and wiping his brow. "They're aff me now."
+
+The children stood by, disappointed of their game. Good acting
+appeals to children just as much as to grown-up people. They
+stood waiting for another excess of humour to take the comedian,
+and they had not to wait long.
+
+A thing like a flayed horse came out of the lagoon and up the
+beach, and this time Button did not crawl away. He got on his feet
+and ran.
+
+"It's a harse that's afther me--it's a harse that's afther me! Dick!
+Dick! hit him a skelp. Dick! Dick! dhrive him away."
+
+"Hurroo! Hurroo!" cried Dick, chasing the afflicted one, who was
+running in a wide circle, his broad red face slewed over his left
+shoulder. "Go it, Paddy! go it, Paddy!"
+
+"Kape off me, you baste!" shouted Paddy. "Holy Mary, Mother of God!
+I'll land you a kick wid me fut if yiz come nigh me. Em'leen!
+Em'leen! come betune us!"
+
+He tripped, and over he went on the sand, the indefatigable Dick
+beating him with a little switch he had picked up to make him
+continue.
+
+"I'm better now, but I'm near wore out," said Mr Button, sitting up
+on the sand. "But, bedad, if I'm chased by any more things like
+them it's into the say I'll be dashin'. Dick, lend me your arum."
+
+He took Dick's arm and wandered over to the shade of the trees.
+Here he threw himself down, and told the children to leave him to
+sleep. They recognised that the game was over and left him. And
+he slept for six hours on end; it was the first real sleep he had
+had for several days. When he awoke he was well, but very shaky.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+STARLIGHT ON THE FOAM
+
+Mr Button saw no more rats, much to Dick's disappointment. He
+was off the drink. At dawn next day he got up, refreshed by a
+second sleep, and wandered down to the edge of the lagoon. The
+opening in the reef faced the east, and the light of the dawn came
+rippling in with the flooding tide.
+
+"It's a baste I've been," said the repentant one, "a brute baste."
+
+He was quite wrong; as a matter of fact, he was only a man beset
+and betrayed.
+
+He stood for a while, cursing the drink, "and them that sells it."
+Then he determined to put himself out of the way of temptation.
+Pull the bung out of the barrel, and let the contents escape?
+
+Such a thought never even occurred to him--or, if it did, was
+instantly dismissed; for, though an old sailor-man may curse the
+drink, good rum is to him a sacred thing; and to empty half a little
+barrel of it into the sea, would be an act almost equivalent to
+child-murder. He put the cask into the dinghy, and rowed it over
+to the reef. There he placed it in the shelter of a great lump of
+coral, and rowed back.
+
+Paddy had been trained all his life to rhythmical drunkenness.
+Four months or so had generally elapsed between his bouts--some-
+times six; it all depended on the length of the voyage. Six months
+now elapsed before he felt even an inclination to look at the rum
+cask, that tiny dark spot away on the reef. And it was just as
+well, for during those six months another whale-ship arrived,
+watered and was avoided.
+
+"Blisther it!" said he; "the say here seems to breed whale-ships,
+and nothin' but whaleships. It's like bugs in a bed: you kill wan,
+and then another comes. Howsumever, we're shut of thim for a
+while."
+
+He walked down to the lagoon edge, looked at the little dark spot
+and whistled. Then he walked back to prepare dinner. That little
+dark spot began to trouble him after a while; not it, but the spirit
+it contained.
+
+Days grew long and weary, the days that had been so short and
+pleasant. To the children there was no such thing as time. Having
+absolute and perfect health, they enjoyed happiness as far as
+mortals can enjoy it. Emmeline's highly strung nervous system, it
+is true, developed a headache when she had been too long in the
+glare of the sun, but they were few and far between.
+
+The spirit in the little cask had been whispering across the
+lagoon for some weeks; at last it began to shout. Mr Button,
+metaphorically speaking, stopped his ears. He busied himself with
+the children as much as possible. He made another garment for
+Emmeline, and cut Dick's hair with the scissors (a job which was
+generally performed once in a couple of months).
+
+One night, to keep the rum from troubling his head, he told them
+the story of Jack Dogherty and the Merrow, which is well known
+on the western coast.
+
+The Merrow takes Jack to dinner at the bottom of the sea, and
+shows him the lobster pots wherein he keeps the souls of old
+sailormen, and then they have dinner, and the Merrow produces a
+big bottle of rum.
+
+It was a fatal story for him to remember and recount; for, after
+his companions were asleep, the vision of the Merrow and Jack
+hobnobbing, and the idea of the jollity of it, rose before him, and
+excited a thirst for joviality not to be resisted.
+
+There were some green cocoa-nuts that he had plucked that day
+lying in a little heap under a tree--half a dozen or so. He took
+several of these and a shell, found the dinghy where it was
+moored to the aoa tree, unmoored her, and pushed off into the
+lagoon.
+
+The lagoon and sky were full of stars. In the dark depths of the
+water might have been seen phosphorescent gleams of passing
+fish, and the thunder of the surf on the reef filled the night with
+its song.
+
+He fixed the boat's painter carefully round a spike of coral and
+landed on the reef, and with a shellful of rum and cocoa-nut
+lemonade mixed half and half, he took his perch on a high ledge of
+coral from whence a view of the sea and the coral strand could be
+obtained.
+
+On a moonlight night it was fine to sit here and watch the great
+breakers coming in, all marbled and clouded and rainbowed with
+spindrift and sheets of spray. But the snow and the song of them
+under the diffused light of the stars produced a more
+indescribably beautiful and strange effect.
+
+The tide was going out now, and Mr Button, as he sat smoking his
+pipe and drinking his grog, could see bright mirrors here and there
+where the water lay in rock-pools. When he had contemplated
+these sights for a considerable time in complete contentment, he
+returned to the lagoon side of the reef and sat down beside the
+little barrel. Then, after a while, if you had been standing on the
+strand opposite, you would have heard scraps of song borne across
+the quivering water of the lagoon.
+
+ "Sailing down, sailing down,
+ On the coast of Barbaree."
+
+Whether the coast of Barbary in question is that at San Francisco,
+or the true and proper coast, does not matter. It is an old-time
+song; and when you hear it, whether on a reef of coral or a granite
+quay, you may feel assured that an old-time sailor-man is singing
+it, and that the old-time sailor-man is bemused.
+
+Presently the dinghy put off from the reef, the sculls broke the
+starlit waters and great shaking circles of light made rhythmical
+answer to the slow and steady creak of the thole pins against the
+leather. He tied up to the aoa, saw that the sculls were safely
+shipped; then, breathing heavily, he cast off his boots for fear of
+waking the "childer." As the children were sleeping more than two
+hundred yards away, this was a needless precaution especially as
+the intervening distance was mostly soft sand.
+
+Green cocoa-nut juice and rum mixed together are pleasant
+enough to drink, but they are better drunk separately; combined,
+not even the brain of an old sailor can make anything of them but
+mist and muddlement; that is to say, in the way of thought--in
+the way of action they can make him do a lot. They made Paddy
+Button swim the lagoon.
+
+The recollection came to him all at once, as he was walking up
+the strand towards the wigwam, that he had left the dinghy tied
+to the reef. The dinghy was, as a matter of fact, safe and sound
+tied to the aoa; but Mr Button's memory told him it was tied to
+the reef. How he had crossed the lagoon was of no importance at
+all to him; the fact that he had crossed without the boat, yet
+without getting wet, did not appear to him strange. He had no
+time to deal with trifles like these. The dinghy had to be fetched
+across the lagoon, and there was only one way of fetching it. So
+he came back down the beach to the water's edge, cast down his
+boots, cast off his coat, and plunged in. The lagoon was wide, but
+in his present state of mind he would have swum the Hellespont.
+His figure gone from the beach, the night resumed its majesty and
+aspect of meditation.
+
+So lit was the lagoon by starshine that the head of the swimmer
+could be distinguished away out in the midst of circles of light;
+also, as the head neared the reef, a dark triangle that came
+shearing through water past the palm tree at the pier. It was the
+night patrol of the lagoon, who had heard in some mysterious
+manner that a drunken sailor-man was making trouble in his
+waters.
+
+Looking, one listened, hand on heart, for the scream of the
+arrested one, yet it did not come. The swimmer, scrambling on to
+the reef in an exhausted manner, forgetful evidently of the object
+for which he had returned, made for the rum cask, and fell down
+beside it as though sleep had touched him instead of death.
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE DREAMER ON THE REEF
+
+"I wonder where Paddy is?" cried Dick next morning. He was
+coming out of the chapparel, pulling a dead branch after him. "He's
+left his coat on the sand, and the tinder box in it, so I'll make the
+fire. There's no use waiting. I want my breakfast. Bother!"
+
+He trod the dead stick with his naked feet, breaking it into pieces.
+
+Emmeline sat on the sand and watched him.
+
+Emmeline had two gods of a sort: Paddy Button and Dick. Paddy
+was almost an esoteric god wrapped in the fumes of tobacco and
+mystery. The god of rolling ships and creaking masts--the masts
+and vast sail spaces of the Northumberland were an enduring
+vision in her mind--the deity who had lifted her from a little boat
+into this marvellous place, where the birds were coloured and the
+fish were painted, where life was never dull, and the skies
+scarcely ever grey.
+
+Dick, the other deity, was a much more understandable personage,
+but no less admirable, as a companion and protector. In the two
+years and five months of island life he had grown nearly three
+inches. He was as strong as a boy of twelve, and could scull the
+boat almost as well as Paddy himself, and light a fire. Indeed,
+during the last few months Mr Button, engaged in resting his
+bones, and contemplating rum as an abstract idea, had left the
+cooking and fishing and general gathering of food as much as
+possible to Dick.
+
+"It amuses the craythur to pritind he's doing things," he would
+say, as he watched Dick delving in the earth to make a little
+oven--Island-fashion--for the cooking of fish or what-not.
+
+"Come along, Em," said Dick, piling the broken wood on top of
+some rotten hibiscus sticks; "give me the tinder box."
+
+He got a spark on to a bit of punk, and then he blew at it, looking
+not unlike Aeolus as represented on those old Dutch charts that
+smell of schiedam and snuff, and give one mermaids and angels
+instead of soundings.
+
+The fire was soon sparkling and crackling, and he heaped on sticks
+in profusion, for there was plenty of fuel, and he wanted to cook
+breadfruit.
+
+The breadfruit varies in size, according to age, and in colour
+according to season. These that Dick was preparing to cook were
+as large as small melons. Two would be more than enough for
+three people's breakfast. They were green and knobbly on the
+outside, and they suggested to the mind unripe lemons, rather
+than bread.
+
+He put them in the embers, just as you put potatoes to roast, and
+presently they sizzled and spat little venomous jets of steam,
+then they cracked, and the white inner substance became visible.
+He cut them open and took the core out--the core is not fit to
+eat--and they were ready.
+
+Meanwhile, Emmeline, under his directions, had not been idle.
+
+There were in the lagoon--there are in several other tropical
+lagoons I know of--a fish which I can only describe as a golden
+herring. A bronze herring it looks when landed, but when
+swimming away down against the background of coral brains and
+white sand patches, it has the sheen of burnished gold. It is as
+good to eat as to look at, and Emmeline was carefully toasting
+several of them on a piece of cane.
+
+The juice of the fish kept the cane from charring, though there
+were accidents at times, when a whole fish would go into the
+fire, amidst shouts of derision from Dick.
+
+She made a pretty enough picture as she knelt, the "skirt" round
+the waist looking not unlike a striped bath-towel, her small face
+intent, and filled with the seriousness of the job on hand, and her
+lips puckered out at the heat of the fire.
+
+"It's so hot!" she cried in self-defence, after the first of the
+accidents.
+
+"Of course it's hot," said Dick, "if you stick to looward of the fire.
+How often has Paddy told you to keep to windward of it!"
+
+"I don't know which is which," confessed the unfortunate
+Emmeline, who was an absolute failure at everything practical:
+who could neither row nor fish, nor throw a stone, and who,
+though they had now been on the island twenty-eight months or
+so, could not even swim.
+
+"You mean to say," said Dick, "that you don't know where the wind
+comes from?"
+
+"Yes, I know that."
+
+"Well, that's to windward."
+
+"I didn't know that."
+
+"Well, you know it now."
+
+"Yes, I know it now."
+
+"Well, then, come to windward of the fire. Why didn't you ask the
+meaning of it before?"
+
+"I did," said Emmeline; "I asked Mr Button one day, and he told me
+a lot about it. He said if he was to spit to windward and a person
+was to stand to loo'ard of him, he'd be a fool; and he said if a ship
+went too much to loo'ard she went on the rocks, but I didn't
+understand what he meant. Dicky, I wonder where he is?"
+
+"Paddy!" cried Dick, pausing in the act of splitting open a
+breadfruit. Echoes came from amidst the cocoa-nut trees, but
+nothing more.
+
+"Come on," said Dick; "I'm not going to wait for him. He may have
+gone to fetch up the night lines"--they sometimes put down night
+lines in the lagoon--"and fallen asleep over them."
+
+Now, though Emmeline honoured Mr Button as a minor deity, Dick
+had no illusions at all upon the matter. He admired Paddy because
+he could knot, and splice, and climb a cocoanut tree, and exercise
+his sailor craft in other admirable ways, but he felt the old man's
+limitations. They ought to have had potatoes now, but they had
+eaten both potatoes and the possibility of potatoes when they
+consumed the contents of that half sack. Young as he was, Dick
+felt the absolute thriftlessness of this proceeding. Emmeline did
+not; she never thought of potatoes, though she could have told you
+the colour of all the birds on the island.
+
+Then, again, the house wanted rebuilding, and Mr Button said
+every day he would set about seeing after it to-morrow, and on
+the morrow it would be to-morrow. The necessities of the life
+they led were a stimulus to the daring and active mind of the boy;
+but he was always being checked by the go-as-you-please
+methods of his elder. Dick came of the people who make sewing
+machines and typewriters. Mr Button came of a people notable for
+ballads, tender hearts, and potheen. That was the main difference.
+
+"Paddy!" again cried the boy, when he had eaten as much as he
+wanted. "Hullo! where are you?"
+
+They listened, but no answer came. A bright-hued bird flew
+across the sand space, a lizard scuttled across the glistening
+sand, the reef spoke, and the wind in the tree-tops; but Mr Button
+made no reply.
+
+"Wait," said Dick.
+
+He ran through the grove towards the aoa where the dinghy was
+moored; then he returned.
+
+"The dinghy is all right," he said. "Where on earth can he be?"
+
+"I don't know," said Emmeline, upon whose heart a feeling of
+loneliness had fallen.
+
+"Let's go up the hill," said Dick; "perhaps we'll find him there."
+
+They went uphill through the wood, past the water-course. Every
+now and then Dick would call out, and echoes would answer--there
+were quaint, moist-voiced echoes amidst the trees or a bevy of
+birds would take flight. The little waterfall gurgled and
+whispered, and the great banana leaves spread their shade.
+
+"Come on," said Dick, when he had called again without receiving a
+reply.
+
+They found the hill-top, and the great boulder stood casting its
+shadow in the sun. The morning breeze was blowing, the sea
+sparkling, the reef flashing, the foliage of the island waving in
+the wind like the flames of a green-flamed torch. A deep swell
+was spreading itself across the bosom of the Pacific. Some
+hurricane away beyond the Navigators or Gilberts had sent this
+message and was finding its echo here, a thousand miles away, in
+the deeper thunder of the reef.
+
+Nowhere else in the world could you get such a picture, such a
+combination of splendour and summer, such a vision of freshness
+and strength, and the delight of morning. It was the smallness of
+the island, perhaps, that closed the charm and made it perfect.
+Just a bunch of foliage and flowers set in the midst of the
+blowing wind and sparkling blue.
+
+Suddenly Dick, standing beside Emmeline on the rock, pointed
+with his finger to the reef near the opening.
+
+"There he is!" cried he.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+THE GARLAND OF FLOWERS
+
+You could just make the figure out lying on the reef near the little
+cask, and comfortably sheltered from the sun by an upstanding
+lump of coral.
+
+"He's asleep," said Dick.
+
+He had not thought to look towards the reef from the beach, or he
+might have seen the figure before.
+
+"Dicky!" said Emmeline.
+
+"Well?"
+
+"How did he get over, if you said the dinghy was tied to the tree?"
+
+"I don't know," said Dick, who had not thought of this; "there he is,
+anyhow. I'll tell you what, Em, we'll row across and wake him. I'll
+boo into his ear and make him jump."
+
+They got down from the rock, and came back down through the
+wood. As they came Emmeline picked flowers and began making
+them up into one of her wreaths. Some scarlet hibiscus, some
+bluebells, a couple of pale poppies with furry stalks and bitter
+perfume.
+
+"What are you making that for?" asked Dick, who always viewed
+Emmeline's wreath-making with a mixture of compassion and
+vague disgust.
+
+"I'm going to put it on Mr Button's head," said Emmeline; "so's
+when you say boo into his ear he'll jump up with it on."
+
+Dick chuckled with pleasure at the idea of the practical joke, and
+almost admitted in his own mind for a moment, that after all
+there might be a use for such futilities as wreaths.
+
+The dinghy was moored under the spreading shade of the aoa, the
+painter tied to one of the branches that projected over the water.
+These dwarf aoas branch in an extraordinary way close to the
+ground, throwing out limbs like rails. The tree had made a good
+protection for the little boat, protecting it from marauding hands
+and from the sun; besides the protection of the tree Paddy had
+now and then scuttled the boat in shallow water. It was a new
+boat to start with, and with precautions like these might be
+expected to last many years.
+
+"Get in," said Dick, pulling on the painter so that the bow of the
+dinghy came close to the beach.
+
+Emmeline got carefully in, and went aft. Then Dick got in, pushed
+off, and took to the sculls. Next moment they were out on the
+sparkling water.
+
+Dick rowed cautiously, fearing to wake the sleeper. He fastened
+the painter to the coral spike that seemed set there by nature for
+the purpose. He scrambled on to the reef, and lying down on his
+stomach drew the boat's gunwale close up so that Emmeline
+might land. He had no boots on; the soles of his feet, from
+constant exposure, had become insensitive as leather.
+
+Emmeline also was without boots. The soles of her feet, as is
+always the case with highly nervous people, were sensitive, and
+she walked delicately, avoiding the worst places, holding her
+wreath in her right hand.
+
+It was full tide, and the thunder of the waves outside shook the
+reef. It was like being in a church when the deep bass of the organ
+is turned full on, shaking the ground and the air, the walls and the
+roof. Dashes of spray came over with the wind, and the
+melancholy "Hi, hi!" of the wheeling gulls came like the voices of
+ghostly sailor-men hauling at the halyards.
+
+Paddy was lying on his right side steeped in profound oblivion. His
+face was buried in the crook of his right arm, and his brown
+tattooed left hand lay on his left thigh, palm upwards. He had no
+hat, and the breeze stirred his grizzled hair.
+
+Dick and Emmeline stole up to him till they got right beside him.
+Then Emmeline, flashing out a laugh, flung the little wreath of
+flowers on the old man's head, and Dick, popping down on his
+knees, shouted into his ear. But the dreamer did not stir or move a
+finger.
+
+"Paddy," cried Dick, "wake up! wake up!"
+
+He pulled at the shoulder till the figure from its sideways
+posture fell over on its back. The eyes were wide open and
+staring. The mouth hung open, and from the mouth darted a little
+crab; it scuttled over the chin and dropped on the coral.
+
+Emmeline screamed, and screamed, and would have fallen, but the
+boy caught her in his arms--one side of the face had been destroyed
+by the larvae of the rocks.
+
+He held her to him as he stared at the terrible figure lying upon
+its back, hands outspread. Then, wild with terror, he dragged her
+towards the little boat. She was struggling, and panting and
+gasping, like a person drowning in ice-cold water.
+
+His one instinct was to escape, to fly anywhere, no matter where.
+He dragged the girl to the coral edge, and pulled the boat up close.
+Had the reef suddenly become enveloped in flames he could not
+have exerted himself more to escape from it and save his
+companion. A moment later they were afloat, and he was pulling
+wildly for the shore.
+
+He did not know what had happened, nor did he pause to think: he
+was fleeing from horror--nameless horror; whilst the child at his
+feet, with her head resting against the gunwale, stared up open-
+eyed and speechless at the great blue sky, as if at some terror
+visible there. The boat grounded on the white sand, and the wash
+of the incoming tide drove it up sideways.
+
+Emmeline had fallen forward; she had lost consciousness.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+ALONE
+
+The idea of spiritual life must be innate in the heart of man, for
+all that terrible night, when the children lay huddled together in
+the little hut in the chapparel, the fear that filled them was that
+their old friend might suddenly darken the entrance and seek to
+lie down beside them.
+
+They did not speak about him. Something had been done to him;
+something had happened. Something terrible had happened to the
+wor]d they knew. But they dared not speak of it or question each
+other.
+
+Dick had carried his companion to the hut when he left the boat,
+and hidden with her there; the evening had come on, and the night,
+and now in the darkness, without having tasted food all day, he
+was telling her not to be afraid, that he would take care of her.
+But not a word of the thing that had happened.
+
+The thing, for them, had no precedent, and no vocabulary. They had
+come across death raw and real, uncooked by religion, un-
+deodorised by the sayings of sages and poets.
+
+They knew nothing of the philosophy that tells us that death is
+the common lot, and the natural sequence to birth, or the religion
+that teaches us that Death is the door to Life.
+
+A dead old sailor-man lying like a festering carcass on a coral
+ledge, eyes staring and glazed and fixed, a wide-open mouth that
+once had spoken comforting words, and now spoke living crabs.
+
+That was the vision before them. They did not philosophise about
+it; and though they were filled with terror, I do not think it was
+terror that held them from speaking about it, but a vague feeling
+that what they had beheld was obscene, unspeakable, and a thing
+to avoid.
+
+Lestrange had brought them up in his own way. He had told them
+there was a good God who looked after the world; determined as
+far as he could to exclude demonology and sin and death from
+their knowledge, he had rested content with the bald statement
+that there was a good God who looked after the world, without
+explaining fully that the same God would torture them for ever
+and ever, should they fail to believe in Him or keep His
+commandments.
+
+This knowledge of the Almighty, therefore, was but a half
+knowledge, the vaguest abstraction. Had they been brought up,
+however, in the most strictly Calvinistic school, this knowledge
+of Him would have been no comfort now. Belief in God is no
+comfort to a frightened child. Teach him as many parrot-like
+prayers as you please, and in distress or the dark of what use are
+they to him? His cry is for his nurse, or his mother.
+
+During that dreadful night these two children had no comfort to
+seek anywhere in the whole wide universe but in each other. She,
+in a sense of his protection, he, in a sense of being her protector.
+The manliness in him greater and more beautiful than physical
+strength, developed in those dark hours just as a plant under
+extraordinary circumstances is hurried into bloom.
+
+Towards dawn Emmeline fell asleep. Dick stole out of the hut
+when he had assured himself from her regular breathing that she
+was asleep, and, pushing the tendrils and the branches of the
+mammee apples aside, found the beach. The dawn was just
+breaking, and the morning breeze was coming in from the sea.
+
+When he had beached the dinghy the day before, the tide was just
+at the flood, and it had left her stranded. The tide was coming in
+now, and in a short time it would be far enough up to push her off.
+
+Emmeline in the night had implored him to take her away. Take
+her away somewhere from there, and he had promised, without
+knowing in the least how he was to perform his promise. As he
+stood looking at the beach, so desolate and strangely different
+now from what it was the day before, an idea of how he could
+fulfil his promise came to him. He ran down to where the little
+boat lay on the shelving sand, with the ripples of the incoming
+tide just washing the rudder, which was still shipped. He
+unshipped the rudder and came back.
+
+Under a tree, covered with the stay-sail they had brought from
+the Shenandoah, lay most of their treasures: old clothes and
+boots, and all the other odds and ends. The precious tobacco
+stitched up in a piece of canvas was there, and the housewife
+with the needles and threads. A hole had been dug in the sand as a
+sort of cache for them, and the stay-sail put over them to protect
+them from the dew.
+
+The sun was now looking over the sealine, and the tall cocoa-nut
+trees were singing and whispering together under the strengthen-
+ing breeze.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+THEY MOVE AWAY
+
+He began to collect the things, and carry them to the dinghy. He
+took the stay-sail and everything that might be useful; and when
+he had stowed them in the boat, he took the breaker and filled it
+with water at the water source in the wood; he collected some
+bananas and breadfruit, and stowed them in the dinghy with the
+breaker. Then he found the remains of yesterday's breakfast,
+which he had hidden between two palmetto leaves, and placed it
+also in the boat.
+
+The water was now so high that a strong push would float her. He
+turned back to the hut for Emmeline. She was still asleep: so
+soundly asleep, that when he lifted her up in his arms she made no
+movement. He placed her carefully in the stern-sheets with her
+head on the sail rolled up, and then standing in the bow pushed off
+with a scull. Then, taking the sculls, he turned the boat's head up
+the lagoon to the left. He kept close to the shore, but for the life
+of him he could not help lifting his eyes and looking towards the
+reef.
+
+Round a certain spot on the distant white coral there was a great
+commotion of birds. Huge birds some of them seemed, and the "Hi!
+hi! hi!" of them came across the lagoon on the breeze as they
+quarrelled together and beat the air with their wings. He turned
+his head away till a bend of the shore hid the spot from sight.
+
+Here, sheltered more completely than opposite the break in the
+reef, the artu came in places right down to the water's edge; the
+breadfruit trees cast the shadow of their great scalloped leaves
+upon the water; glades, thick with fern, wildernesses of the
+mammee apple, and bushes of the scarlet "wild cocoanut" all
+slipped by, as the dinghy, hugging the shore, crept up the lagoon.
+
+Gazing at the shore edge one might have imagined it the edge of a
+lake, but for the thunder of the Pacific upon the distant reef; and
+even that did not destroy the impression, but only lent a
+strangeness to it.
+
+A lake in the midst of the ocean, that is what the lagoon really
+was.
+
+Here and there cocoa-nut trees slanted over the water, mirroring
+their delicate stems, and tracing their clear-cut shadows on the
+sandy bottom a fathom deep below.
+
+He kept close in-shore for the sake of the shelter of the trees. His
+object was to find some place where they might stop
+permanently, and put up a tent. He was seeking a new home, in
+fact. But, pretty as were the glades they passed, they were not
+attractive places to live in. There were too many trees, or the
+ferns were too deep. He was seeking air and space, and suddenly
+he found it. Rounding a little cape, all blazing with the scarlet of
+the wild cocoa-nut, the dinghy broke into a new world.
+
+Before her lay a great sweep of the palest blue wind-swept
+water, down to which came a broad green sward of park-like land
+set on either side with deep groves, and leading up and away to
+higher land, where, above the massive and motionless green of the
+great breadfruit trees, the palm trees swayed and fluttered their
+pale green feathers in the breeze. The pale colour of the water
+was due to the extreme shallowness of the lagoon just here. So
+shallow was it that one could see brown spaces indicating beds of
+dead and rotten coral, and splashes of darkest sapphire where the
+deep pools lay. The reef lay more than half a mile from the shore:
+a great way out, it seemed, so far out that its cramping influence
+was removed, and one had the impression of wide and unbroken
+sea.
+
+Dick rested on his oars, and let the dinghy float whilst he looked
+around him. He had come some four miles and a half, and this was
+right at the back of the island. As the boat drifting shoreward
+touched the bank, Emmeline awakened from her sleep, sat up, and
+looked around her.
+
+
+
+
+BOOK II
+
+PART I
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+UNDER THE ARTU TREE
+
+
+On the edge of the green sward, between a diamond-chequered
+artu trunk and the massive bole of a breadfruit, a house had come
+into being. It was not much larger than a big hen-house, but quite
+sufficient for the needs of two people in a climate of eternal
+summer. It was built of bamboos, and thatched with a double
+thatch of palmetto leaves, so neatly built, and so well thatched,
+that one might have fancied it the production of several skilled
+workmen.
+
+The breadfruit tree was barren of fruit, as these trees sometimes
+are, whole groves of them ceasing to bear for some mysterious
+reason only known to Nature. It was green now, but when
+suffering its yearly change the great scalloped leaves would take
+all imaginable tinges of gold and bronze and amber. Beyond the
+artu was a little clearing, where the chapparel had been carefully
+removed and taro roots planted.
+
+Stepping from the house doorway on to the sward you might have
+fancied yourself, except for the tropical nature of the foliage, in
+some English park.
+
+Looking to the right, the eye became lost in the woods, where all
+tints of green were tinging the foliage, and the bushes of the wild
+cocoa-nut burned scarlet as hawberries.
+
+The house had a doorway, but no door. It might have been said to
+have a double roof, for the breadfruit foliage above gave good
+shelter during the rains. Inside it was bare enough. Dried, sweet-
+smelling ferns covered the floor. Two sails, rolled up, lay on
+either side of the doorway. There was a rude shelf attached to one
+of the walls, and on the shelf some bowls made of cocoa-nut
+shell. The people to whom the place belonged evidently did not
+trouble it much with their presence, using it only at night, and as
+a refuge from the dew.
+
+Sitting on the grass by the doorway, sheltered by the breadfruit
+shade, yet with the hot rays of the afternoon sun just touching
+her naked feet, was a girl. A girl of fifteen or sixteen, naked,
+except for a kilt of gaily-striped material reaching from her
+waist to her knees. Her long black hair was drawn back from the
+forehead, and tied behind with a loop of the elastic vine. A scarlet
+blossom was stuck behind her right ear, after the fashion of a
+clerk's pen. Her face was beautiful, powdered with tiny freckles;
+especially under the eyes, which were of a deep, tranquil blue-
+grey. She half sat, half lay on her left side; whilst before her,
+quite close, strutted up and down on the grass, a bird, with blue
+plumage, coral-red beak, and bright, watchful eyes.
+
+The girl was Emmeline Lestrange. Just by her elbow stood a little
+bowl made from half a cocoa-nut, and filled with some white
+substance with which she was feeding the bird. Dick had found it
+in the woods two years ago, quite small, deserted by its mother,
+and starving. They had fed it and tamed it, and it was now one of
+the family, roosting on the roof at night, and appearing regularly
+at meal times.
+
+All at once she held out her hand; the bird flew into the air, lit on
+her forefinger and balanced itself, sinking its head between its
+shoulders, and uttering the sound which formed its entire
+vocabulary and one means of vocal expression--a sound from
+which it had derived its name.
+
+"Koko," said Emmeline, "where is Dick?"
+
+The bird turned his head about, as if he were searching for his
+master; and the girl lay back lazily on the grass, laughing, and
+holding him up poised on her finger, as if he were some enamelled
+jewel she wished to admire at a little distance. They made a
+pretty picture under the cave-like shadow of the breadfruit
+leaves; and it was difficult to understand how this young girl, so
+perfectly formed, so fully developed, and so beautiful, had
+evolved from plain little Emmeline Lestrange. And the whole
+thing, as far as the beauty of her was concerned, had happened
+during the last six months.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+HALF CHILD--HALF SAVAGE
+
+Five rainy seasons had passed and gone since the tragic
+occurrence on the reef. Five long years the breakers had
+thundered, and the sea-gulls had cried round the figure whose
+spell had drawn a mysterious barrier across the lagoon.
+
+The children had never returned to the old place. They had kept
+entirely to the back of the island and the woods--the lagoon,
+down to a certain point, and the reef; a wide enough and beautiful
+enough world, but a hopeless world, as far as help from
+civilisation was concerned. For, of the few ships that touched at
+the island in the course of years, how many would explore the
+lagoon or woods? Perhaps not one.
+
+Occasionally Dick would make an excursion in the dinghy to the
+old place, but Emmeline refused to accompany him. He went
+chiefly to obtain bananas; for on the whole island there was but
+one clump of banana trees--that near the water source in the
+wood, where the old green skulls had been discovered, and the
+little barrel.
+
+She had never quite recovered from the occurrence on the reef.
+Something had been shown to her, the purport of which she
+vaguely understood, and it had filled her with horror and a terror
+of the place where it had occurred. Dick was quite different. He
+had been frightened enough at first; but the feeling wore away in
+time.
+
+Dick had built three houses in succession during the five years. He
+had laid out a patch of taro and another of sweet potatoes. He
+knew every pool on the reef for two miles either way, and the
+forms of their inhabitants; and though he did not know the names
+of the creatures to be found there, he made a profound study of
+their habits.
+
+He had seen some astonishing things during these five years--
+from a fight between a whale and two thrashers conducted
+outside the reef, lasting an hour, and dyeing the breaking waves
+with blood, to the poisoning of the fish in the lagoon by fresh
+water, due to an extraordinarily heavy rainy season.
+
+He knew the woods of the back of the island by heart, and the
+forms of life that inhabited them, butterflies and moths and
+birds, lizards, and insects of strange shape; extraordinary
+orchids--some filthy-looking, the very image of corruption, some
+beautiful, and all strange. He found melons and guavas, and
+breadfruit, the red apple of Tahiti, and the great Brazilian plum,
+taro in plenty, and a dozen other good things--but there were no
+bananas. This made him unhappy at times, for he was human.
+
+Though Emmeline had asked Koko for Dick's whereabouts, it was
+only a remark made by way of making conversation, for she could
+hear him in the little cane-brake which lay close by amidst the
+trees.
+
+In a few minutes he appeared, dragging after him two canes which
+he had just cut, and wiping the perspiration off his brow with his
+naked arm. He had an old pair of trousers on--part of the truck
+salved long ago from the Shenandoah--nothing else, and he was
+well worth looking at and considering, both from a physical and
+psychological point of view.
+
+Auburn-haired and tall, looking more like seventeen than sixteen,
+with a restless and daring expression, half a child, half a man,
+half a civilised being, half a savage, he had both progressed and
+retrograded during the five years of savage life. He sat down
+beside Emmeline, flung the canes beside him, tried the edge of the
+old butcher's knife with which he had cut them, then, taking one
+of the canes across his knee, he began whittling at it.
+
+"What are you making?" asked Emmeline, releasing the bird, which
+flew into one of the branches of the artu and rested there, a blue
+point amidst the dark green.
+
+"Fish-spear," replied Dick.
+
+Without being taciturn, he rarely wasted words. Life was all
+business for him. He would talk to Emmeline, but always in short
+sentences; and he had developed the habit of talking to inanimate
+things, to the fish-spear he was carving, or the bowl he was
+fashioning from a cocoa-nut.
+
+As for Emmeline, even as a child she had never been talkative.
+There was something mysterious in her personality, something
+secretive. Her mind seemed half submerged in twilight. Though
+she spoke little, and though the subject of their conversations
+was almost entirely material and relative to their everyday
+needs, her mind would wander into abstract fields and the land of
+chimerae and dreams. What she found there no one knew--least of
+all, perhaps, herself.
+
+As for Dick, he would sometimes talk and mutter to himself, as if
+in a reverie; but if you caught the words, you would find that they
+referred to no abstraction, but to some trifle he had on hand. He
+seemed entirely bound up in the moment, and to have forgotten
+the past as completely as though it had never been.
+
+Yet he had his contemplative moods. He would lie with his face
+over a rock-pool by the hour, watching the strange forms of life
+to be seen there, or sit in the woods motionless as a stone,
+watching the birds and the swift-slipping lizards. The birds came
+so close that he could easily have knocked them over, but he never
+hurt one or interfered in any way with the wild life of the woods.
+
+The island, the lagoon, and the reef were for him the three
+volumes of a great picture book, as they were for Emmeline,
+though in a different manner. The colour and the beauty of it all
+fed some mysterious want in her soul. Her life was a long reverie,
+a beautiful vision--troubled with shadows. Across all the blue
+and coloured spaces that meant months and years she could still
+see as in a glass dimly the Northumberland, smoking against
+the wild background of fog; her uncle's face, Boston--a vague and
+dark picture beyond a storm--and nearer, the tragic form on the
+reef that still haunted terribly her dreams. But she never spoke of
+these things to Dick. Just as she kept the secret of what was in
+her box, and the secret of her trouble whenever she lost it, she
+kept the secret of her feelings about these things.
+
+Born of these things there remained with her always a vague
+terror: the terror of losing Dick. Mrs Stannard, her uncle, the dim
+people she had known in Boston, all had passed away out of her
+life like a dream and shadows. The other one too, most horribly.
+What if Dick were taken from her as well?
+
+This haunting trouble had been with her a long time; up to a few
+months ago it had been mainly personal and selfish--the dread of
+being left alone. But lately it had altered and become more acute.
+Dick had changed in her eyes, and the fear was now for him. Her
+own personality had suddenly and strangely become merged in his.
+The idea of life without him was unthinkable, yet the trouble
+remained, a menace in the blue.
+
+Some days it would be worse than others. To-day, for instance, it
+was worse than yesterday, as though some danger had crept close
+to them during the night. Yet the sky and sea were stainless, the
+sun shone on tree and flower, the west wind brought the tune of
+the far-away reef like a lullaby. There was nothing to hint of
+danger or the need of distrust.
+
+At last Dick finished his spear and rose to his feet.
+
+"Where are you going?" asked Emmeline.
+
+"The reef," he replied. "The tide's going out."
+
+"I'll go with you," said she.
+
+He went into the house and stowed the precious knife away. Then
+he came out, spear in one hand, and half a fathom of liana in the
+other. The liana was for the purpose of stringing the fish on,
+should the catch be large. He led the way down the grassy sward
+to the lagoon where the dinghy lay, close up to the bank, and
+moored to a post driven into the soft soil. Emmeline got in, and,
+taking the sculls, he pushed off. The tide was going out.
+
+I have said that the reef just here lay a great way out from the
+shore. The lagoon was so shallow that at low tide one could have
+waded almost right across it, were it not for pot-holes here and
+there--ten-feet traps--and great beds of rotten coral, into which
+one would sink as into brushwood, to say nothing of the nettle
+coral that stings like a bed of nettles. There were also other
+dangers. Tropical shallows are full of wild surprises in the way
+of life and death.
+
+Dick had long ago marked out in his memory the soundings of the
+lagoon, and it was fortunate that he possessed the special sense
+of location which is the main stand-by of the hunter and the
+savage, for, from the disposition of the coral in ribs, the water
+from the shore edge to the reef ran in lanes. Only two of these
+lanes gave a clear, fair way from the shore edge to the reef; had
+you followed the others, even in a boat of such shallow draught as
+the dinghy, you would have found yourself stranded half-way
+across, unless, indeed, it were a spring tide.
+
+Half-way across the sound of the surf on the barrier became
+louder, and the everlasting and monotonous cry of the gulls came
+on the breeze. It was lonely out here, and, looking back, the shore
+seemed a great way off. It was lonelier still on the reef.
+
+Dick tied up the boat to a projection of coral, and helped
+Emmeline to land. The sun was creeping down into the west, the
+tide was nearly half out, and large pools of water lay glittering
+like burnished shields in the sunlight. Dick, with his precious
+spear beside him, sat calmly down on a ledge of coral, and began
+to divest himself of his one and only garment.
+
+Emmeline turned away her head and contemplated the distant
+shore, which seemed thrice as far off as it was in reality. When
+she turned her head again he was racing along the edge of the
+surf. He and his spear silhouetted against the spindrift and
+dazzling foam formed a picture savage enough, and well in
+keeping with the general desolation of the background. She
+watched him lie down and cling to a piece of coral, whilst the
+surf rushed round and over him, and then rise and shake himself
+like a dog, and pursue his gambols, his body all glittering with the
+wet.
+
+Sometimes a whoop would come on the breeze, mixing with the
+sound of the surf and the cry of the gulls, and she would see him
+plunge his spear into a pool, and the next moment the spear would
+be held aloft with something struggling and glittering at the end
+of it.
+
+He was quite different out here on the reef to what he was
+ashore. The surroundings here seemed to develop all that was
+savage in him, in a startling way; and he would kill, and kill, just
+for the pleasure of killing, destroying more fish than they could
+possibly use.
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE DEMON OF THE REEF
+
+The romance of coral has still to be written. There still exists a
+widespread opinion that the coral reef and the coral island are
+the work of an "insect." This fabulous insect, accredited with the
+genius of Brunel and the patience of Job, has been humorously
+enough held up before the children of many generations as an
+example of industry--a thing to be admired, a model to be
+followed.
+
+As a matter of fact, nothing could be more slothful or slow, more
+given up to a life of ease and degeneracy, than the "reef-building
+polypifer"--to give him his scientific name. He is the hobo of the
+animal world, but, unlike the hobo, he does not even tramp for a
+living. He exists as a sluggish and gelatinous worm; he attracts to
+himself calcareous elements from the water to make himself a
+house--mark you, the sea does the building--he dies, and he
+leaves his house behind him--and a reputation for industry,
+beside which the reputation of the ant turns pale, and that of the
+bee becomes of little account.
+
+On a coral reef you are treading on rock that the reef-building
+polypifers of ages have left behind them as evidences of their
+idle and apparently useless lives. You might fancy that the reef is
+formed of dead rock, but it is not: that is where the wonder of the
+thing comes in--a coral reef is half alive. If it were not, it would
+not resist the action of the sea ten years. The live part of the
+reef is just where the breakers come in and beyond. The
+gelatinous rock-building polypifers die almost at once, if exposed
+to the sun or if left uncovered by water.
+
+Sometimes, at very low tide, if you have courage enough to risk
+being swept away by the breakers, going as far out on the reef as
+you can, you may catch a glimpse of them in their living state--
+great mounds and masses of what seems rock, but which is a
+honeycomb of coral, whose cells are filled with the living
+polypifers. Those in the uppermost cells are usually dead, but
+lower down they are living.
+
+Always dying, always being renewed, devoured by fish, attacked
+by the sea--that is the life of a coral reef. It is a thing as living
+as a cabbage or a tree. Every storm tears a piece off the reef,
+which the living coral replaces; wounds occur in it which actually
+granulate and heal as wounds do of the human body.
+
+There is nothing, perhaps, more mysterious in nature than this
+fact of the existence of a living land: a land that repairs itself,
+when injured, by vital processes, and resists the eternal attack
+of the sea by vital force, especially when we think of the extent
+of some of these lagoon islands or atolls, whose existences are
+an eternal battle with the waves.
+
+Unlike the island of this story (which is an island surrounded by a
+barrier reef of coral surrounding a space of sea--the lagoon), the
+reef forms the island. The reef may be grown over by trees, or it
+may be perfectly destitute of important vegetation, or it may be
+crusted with islets. Some islets may exist within the lagoon, but
+as often as not it is just a great empty lake floored with sand and
+coral, peopled with life different to the life of the outside ocean,
+protected from the waves, and reflecting the sky like a mirror.
+
+When we remember that the atoll is a living thing, an organic
+whole, as full of life, though not so highly organised, as a
+tortoise, the meanest imagination must be struck with the
+immensity of one of the structures.
+
+Vliegen atoll in the Low Archipelago, measured from lagoon edge
+to lagoon edge, is sixty miles long by twenty miles broad, at its
+broadest part. In the Marshall Archipelago, Rimsky Korsacoff is
+fifty-four miles long and twenty miles broad; and Rimsky
+Korsacoff is a living thing, secreting, excreting, and growing
+more highly organised than the cocoa-nut trees that grow upon its
+back, or the blossoms that powder the hotoo trees in its groves.
+
+The story of coral is the story of a world, and the longest chapter
+in that story concerns itself with coral's infinite variety and
+form.
+
+Out on the margin of the reef where Dick was spearing fish, you
+might have seen a peach-blossom-coloured lichen on the rock.
+This lichen was a form of coral. Coral growing upon coral, and in
+the pools at the edge of the surf branching corals also of the
+colour of a peach-bloom.
+
+Within a hundred yards of where Emmeline was sitting, the pools
+contained corals of all colours, from lake-red to pure white, and
+the lagoon behind her--corals of the quaintest and strangest
+forms.
+
+Dick had speared several fish, and had left them lying on the reef
+to be picked up later on. Tired of killing, he was now wandering
+along, examining the various living things he came across.
+
+Huge slugs inhabited the reef, slugs as big as parsnips, and
+somewhat of the same shape; they were a species of Bech de mer.
+Globeshaped jelly-fish as big as oranges, great cuttlefish bones
+flat and shining and white, shark's teeth, spines of echini;
+sometimes a dead scarus fish, its stomach distended with bits of
+coral on which it had been feeding; crabs, sea urchins, sea-weeds
+of strange colour and shape; star-fish, some tiny and of the
+colour of cayenne pepper, some huge and pale. These and a
+thousand other things, beautiful or strange, were to be found on
+the reef.
+
+Dick had laid his spear down, and was exploring a deep bath-like
+pool. He had waded up to his knees, and was in the act of wading
+further when he was suddenly seized by the foot. It was just as if
+his ankle had been suddenly caught in a clove hitch and the rope
+drawn tight. He screamed out with pain and terror, and suddenly
+and viciously a whip-lash shot out from the water, lassoed him
+round the left knee, drew itself taut, and held him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+WHAT BEAUTY CONCEALED
+
+Emmeline, seated on the coral rock, had almost forgotten Dick for
+a moment. The sun was setting, and the warm amber light of the
+sunset shone on reef and rock-pool. Just at sunset and low tide
+the reef had a peculiar fascination for her. It had the low-tide
+smell of sea-weed exposed to the air, and the torment and trouble
+of the breakers seemed eased. Before her, and on either side, the
+foam-dashed coral glowed in amber and gold, and the great
+Pacific came glassing and glittering in, voiceless and peaceful,
+till it reached the strand and burst into song and spray.
+
+Here, just as on the hill-top at the other side of the island, you
+could mark the rhythm of the rollers. "Forever, and forever--
+forever, and forever," they seemed to say.
+
+The cry of the gulls came mixed with the spray on the breeze.
+They haunted the reef like uneasy spirits, always complaining,
+never at rest; but at sunset their cry seemed farther away and
+less melancholy, perhaps because just then the whole island
+world seemed bathed in the spirit of peace.
+
+She turned from the sea prospect and looked backwards over the
+lagoon to the island. She could make out the broad green glade
+beside which their little house lay, and a spot of yellow, which
+was the thatch of the house, just by the artu tree, and nearly
+hidden by the shadow of the breadfruit. Over woods the fronds of
+the great cocoa-nut palms showed above every other tree
+silhouetted against the dim, dark blue of the eastern sky.
+
+Seen by the enchanted light of sunset, the whole picture had an
+unreal look, more lovely than a dream. At dawn--and Dick would
+often start for the reef before dawn, if the tide served--the
+picture was as beautiful; more so, perhaps, for over the island,
+all in shadow, and against the stars, you would see the palm-tops
+catching fire, and then the light of day coming through the green
+trees and blue sky, like a spirit, across the blue lagoon, widening
+and strengthening as it widened across the white foam, out over
+the sea, spreading like a fan, till, all at once, night was day, and
+the gulls were crying and the breakers flashing, the dawn wind
+blowing, and the palm trees bending, as palm trees only know
+how. Emmeline always imagined herself alone on the island with
+Dick, but beauty was there, too, and beauty is a great companion.
+
+The girl was contemplating the scene before her. Nature in her
+friendliest mood seemed to say, "Behold me! Men call me cruel;
+men have called me deceitful, even treacherous. _I_--ah well! my
+answer is, `Behold me!'"
+
+The girl was contemplating the specious beauty of it all, when on
+the breeze from seaward came a shout. She turned quickly. There
+was Dick up to his knees in a rockpool a hundred yards or so away,
+motionless, his arms upraised, and crying out for help. She sprang
+to her feet.
+
+There had once been an islet on this part of the reef, a tiny thing,
+consisting of a few palms and a handful of vegetation, and
+destroyed, perhaps, in some great storm. I mention this because
+the existence of this islet once upon a time was the means,
+indirectly, of saving Dick's life; for where these islets have been
+or are, "flats" occur on the reef formed of coral conglomerate.
+
+Emmeline in her bare feet could never have reached him in time
+over rough coral, but, fortunately, this flat and comparatively
+smooth surface lay between them.
+
+"My spear!" shouted Dick, as she approached.
+
+He seemed at first tangled in brambles; then she thought ropes
+were tangling round him and tying him to something in the water-
+-whatever it was, it was most awful, and hideous, and like a
+nightmare. She ran with the speed of Atalanta to the rock where
+the spear was resting, all red with the blood of new-slain fish, a
+foot from the point.
+
+As she approached Dick, spear in hand, she saw, gasping with
+terror, that the ropes were alive, and that they were flickering
+and rippling over his back. One of them bound his left arm to his
+side, but his right arm was free.
+
+"Quick!" he shouted.
+
+In a second the spear was in his free hand, and Emmeline had cast
+herself down on her knees, and was staring with terrified eyes
+into the water of the pool from whence the ropes issued. She was,
+despite her terror, quite prepared to fling herself in and do battle
+with the thing, whatever it might be.
+
+What she saw was only for a second. In the deep water of the
+pool, gazing up and forward and straight at Dick, she saw a face,
+lugubrious and awful. The eyes were wide as saucers, stony and
+steadfast; a large, heavy, parrot-like beak hung before the eyes,
+and worked and wobbled, and seemed to beckon. But what froze
+one's heart was the expression of the eyes, so stony and
+lugubrious, so passionless, so devoid of speculation, yet so fixed
+of purpose and full of fate.
+
+From away far down he had risen with the rising tide. He had been
+feeding on crabs, when the tide, betraying him, had gone out,
+leaving him trapped in the rock-pool. He had slept, perhaps, and
+awakened to find a being, naked and defenceless, invading his
+pool. He was quite small, as octopods go, and young, yet he was
+large and powerful enough to have drowned an ox.
+
+The octopod has only been described once, in stone, by a Japanese
+artist. The statue is still extant, and it is the most terrible
+masterpiece of sculpture ever executed by human hands. It
+represents a man who has been bathing on a low-tide beach, and
+has been caught. The man is shouting in a delirium of terror, and
+threatening with his free arm the spectre that has him in its grip.
+The eyes of the octopod are fixed upon the man--passionless and
+lugubrious eyes, but steadfast and fixed.
+
+Another whip-lash shot out of the water in a shower of spray, and
+seized Dick by the left thigh. At the same instant he drove the
+point of the spear through the right eye of the monster, deep down
+through eye and soft gelatinous carcass till the spear-point
+dirled and splintered against the rock. At the same moment the
+water of the pool became black as ink, the bands around him
+relaxed, and he was free.
+
+Emmeline rose up and seized him, sobbing and clinging to him, and
+kissing him. He clasped her with his left arm round her body, as if
+to protect her, but it was a mechanical action. He was not
+thinking of her. Wild with rage, and uttering hoarse cries, he
+plunged the broken spear again and again into the depths of the
+pool, seeking utterly to destroy the enemy that had so lately had
+him in its grip. Then slowly he came to himself, and wiped his
+forehead, and looked at the broken spear in his hand.
+
+"Beast!" he said. "Did you see its eyes? Did you see its eyes? I
+wish it had a hundred eyes, and I had a hundred spears to drive
+into them!"
+
+She was clinging to him, and sobbing and laughing hysterically,
+and praising him. One might have thought that he had rescued her
+from death, not she him.
+
+The sun had nearly vanished, and he led her back to where the
+dinghy was moored, recapturing and putting on his trousers on the
+road. He picked up the dead fish he had speared; and as he rowed
+her back across the lagoon, he talked and laughed, recounting the
+incidents of the fight, taking all the glory of the thing to himself,
+and seeming quite to ignore the important part she had played in
+it.
+
+This was not from any callousness or want of gratitude, but
+simply from the fact that for the last five years he had been the
+be-all and end-all of their tiny community--the Imperial master.
+And he would just as soon have thought of thanking her for
+handing him the spear as of thanking his right hand for driving it
+home. She was quite content, seeking neither thanks nor praise.
+Everything she had came from him: she was his shadow and his
+slave. He was her sun.
+
+He went over the fight again and again before they lay down to
+rest, telling her he had done this and that, and what he would do
+to the next beast of the sort. The reiteration was tiresome
+enough, or would have been to an outside listener, but to
+Emmeline it was better than Homer. People's minds do not
+improve in an intellectual sense when they are isolated from the
+world, even though they are living the wild and happy lives of
+savages.
+
+Then Dick lay down in the dried ferns and covered himself with a
+piece of the striped flannel which they used for blanketing, and he
+snored, and chattered in his sleep like a dog hunting imaginary
+game, and Emmeline lay beside him wakeful and thinking. A new
+terror had come into her life. She had seen death for the second
+time, but this time active and in being.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE SOUND OF A DRUM
+
+The next day Dick was sitting under the shade of the artu. He had
+the box of fishhooks beside him, and he was bending a line on to
+one of them. There had originally been a couple of dozen hooks,
+large and small, in the box; there remained now only six--four
+small and two large ones. It was a large one he was fixing to the
+line, for he intended going on the morrow to the old place to fetch
+some bananas, and on the way to try for a fish in the deeper parts
+of the lagoon.
+
+It was late afternoon, and the heat had gone out of the day.
+Emmeline, seated on the grass opposite to him, was holding the
+end of the line, whilst he got the kinks out of it, when suddenly
+she raised her head.
+
+There was not a breath of wind; the hush of the far-distant surf
+came through the blue weather--the only audible sound except,
+now and then, a movement and flutter from the bird perched in the
+branches of the artu. All at once another sound mixed itself with
+the voice of the surf--a faint, throbbing sound, like the beating of
+a distant drum.
+
+"Listen!" said Emmeline.
+
+Dick paused for a moment in his work. All the sounds of the island
+were familiar: this was something quite strange.
+
+Faint and far away, now rapid, now slow; coming from where, who
+could say? Sometimes it seemed to come from the sea,
+sometimes, if the fancy of the listener turned that way, from the
+woods. As they listened, a sigh came from overhead; the evening
+breeze had risen and was moving in the leaves of the artu tree.
+Just as you might wipe a picture off a slate, the breeze banished
+the sound. Dick went on with his work.
+
+Next morning early he embarked in the dinghy. He took the hook
+and line with him, and some raw fish for bait. Emmeline helped
+him to push off, and stood on the bank waving her hand as he
+rounded the little cape covered with wild cocoa-nut.
+
+These expeditions of Dick's were one of her sorrows. To be left
+alone was frightful; yet she never complained. She was living in a
+paradise, but something told her that behind all that sun, all that
+splendour of blue sea and sky, behind the flowers and the leaves,
+behind all that specious and simpering appearance of happiness in
+nature, lurked a frown, and the dragon of mischance.
+
+Dick rowed for about a mile, then he shipped his sculls, and let
+the dinghy float. The water here was very deep; so deep that,
+despite its clearness, the bottom was invisible; the sunlight over
+the reef struck through it diagonally, filling it with sparkles.
+
+The fisherman baited his hook with a piece from the belly of a
+scarus and lowered it down out of sight, then he belayed the line
+to a thole pin, and, sitting in the bottom of the boat, hung his head
+over the side and gazed deep down into the water. Sometimes
+there was nothing to see but just the deep blue of the water. Then
+a flight of spangled arrowheads would cross the line of sight and
+vanish, pursued by a form like a moving bar of gold. Then a great
+fish would materialise itself and hang in the shadow of the boat
+motionless as a stone, save for the movement of its gills; next
+moment with a twist of the tail it would be gone.
+
+Suddenly the dinghy shored over, and might have capsized, only
+for the fact that Dick was sitting on the opposite side to the side
+from which the line hung. Then the boat righted; the line
+slackened, and the surface of the lagoon, a few fathoms away,
+boiled as if being stirred from below by a great silver stick. He
+had hooked an albicore. He tied the end of the fishing-line to a
+scull, undid the line from the thole pin, and flung the scull
+overboard.
+
+He did all this with wonderful rapidity, while the line was still
+slack. Next moment the scull was rushing over the surface of the
+lagoon, now towards the reef, now towards the shore, now flat,
+now end up. Now it would be jerked under the surface entirely;
+vanish for a moment, and then reappear. It was a most astonishing
+thing to watch, for the scull seemed alive--viciously alive, and
+imbued with some destructive purpose; as, in fact, it was. The
+most venomous of living things, and the most intelligent could
+not have fought the great fish better.
+
+The albicore would make a frantic dash down the lagoon, hoping,
+perhaps, to find in the open sea a release from his foe. Then, half
+drowned with the pull of the scull, he would pause, dart from side
+to side in perplexity, and then make an equally frantic dash up the
+lagoon, to be checked in the same manner. Seeking the deepest
+depths, he would sink the scull a few fathoms; and once he sought
+the air, leaping into the sunlight like a crescent of silver, whilst
+the splash of him as he fell echoed amidst the trees bordering the
+lagoon. An hour passed before the great fish showed signs of
+weakening.
+
+The struggle had taken place up to this close to the shore, but
+now the scull swam out into the broad sheet of sunlit water, and
+slowly began to describe large circles rippling up the peaceful
+blue into flashing wavelets. It was a melancholy sight to watch,
+for the great fish had made a good fight, and one could see him,
+through the eye of imagination, beaten, half drowned, dazed, and
+moving as is the fashion of dazed things in a circle.
+
+Dick, working the remaining oar at the stern of the boat, rowed
+out and seized the floating scull, bringing it on board. Foot by foot
+he hauled his catch towards the boat till the long gleaming line of
+the thing came dimly into view.
+
+The fight had been heard for miles through the lagoon water by all
+sorts of swimming things. The lord of the place had got sound of
+it. A dark fin rippled the water; and as Dick, pulling on his line,
+hauled his catch closer, a monstrous grey shadow stained the
+depths, and the glittering streak that was the albicore vanished
+as if engulfed in a cloud. The line came in slack, and Dick hauled
+in the albicore's head. It had been divided from the body as if with
+a huge pair of shears. The grey shadow slipped by the boat, and
+Dick, mad with rage, shouted and shook his fist at it; then,
+seizing the albicore's head, from which he had taken the hook, he
+hurled it at the monster in the water.
+
+The great shark, with a movement of the tail that caused the
+water to swirl and the dinghy to rock, turned upon his back and
+engulfed the head; then he slowly sank and vanished, just as if he
+had been dissolved. He had come off best in this their first
+encounter--such as it was.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+SAILS UPON THE SEA
+
+Dick put the hook away and took to the sculls. He had a three-mile
+row before him, and the tide was coming in, which did not make it
+any the easier. As he rowed, he talked and grumbled to himself. He
+had been in a grumbling mood for some time past: the chief cause,
+Emmeline.
+
+In the last few months she had changed; even her face had
+changed. A new person had come upon the island, it seemed to
+him, and taken the place of the Emmeline he had known from
+earliest childhood. This one looked different. He did not know that
+she had grown beautiful, he just knew that she looked different;
+also she had developed new ways that displeased him--she would
+go off and bathe by herself, for instance.
+
+Up to six months or so ago he had been quite contented; sleeping
+and eating, and hunting for food and cooking it, building and
+rebuilding the house, exploring the woods and the reef. But lately
+a spirit of restlessness had come upon him; he did not know
+exactly what he wanted. He had a vague feeling that he wanted to
+go away from the place where he was; not from the island, but
+from the place where they had pitched their tent, or rather built
+their house.
+
+It may have been the spirit of civilisation crying out in him,
+telling him of all he was missing. Of the cities, and the streets,
+and the houses, and the businesses, and the striving after gold,
+the striving after power. It may have been simply the man in him
+crying out for Love, and not knowing yet that Love was at his
+elbow.
+
+The dinghy glided along, hugging the shore, past the little glades
+of fern and the cathedral gloom of the breadfruit; then, rounding a
+promontory, she opened the view of the break in the reef. A little
+bit of the white strand was visible, but he was not looking that
+way--he was looking towards the reef at a tiny, dark spot, not
+noticeable unless searched for by the eye. Always when he came
+on these expeditions, just here, he would hang on his oars and
+gaze over there, where the gulls were flying and the breakers
+thundering.
+
+A few years ago the spot filled him with dread as well as
+curiosity, but from familiarity and the dullness that time casts
+on everything, the dread had almost vanished, but the curiosity
+remained: the curiosity that makes a child look on at the
+slaughter of an animal even though his soul revolts at it. He gazed
+for a while, then he went on pulling, and the dinghy approached
+the beach.
+
+Something had happened on the beach. The sand was all trampled,
+and stained red here and there; in the centre lay the remains of a
+great fire still smouldering, and just where the water lapped the
+sand, lay two deep grooves as if two heavy boats had been
+beached there. A South Sea man would have told from the shape of
+the grooves, and the little marks of the out-riggers, that two
+heavy canoes had been beached there. And they had.
+
+The day before, early in the afternoon, two canoes, possibly from
+that far-away island which cast a stain on the horizon to the -
+sou'-sou'-west, had entered the lagoon, one in pursuit of the
+other.
+
+What happened then had better be left veiled. A war drum with a
+shark-skin head had set the woods throbbing; the victory was
+celebrated all night, and at dawn the victors manned the two
+canoes and set sail for the
+
+home, or hell, they had come from. Had you examined the strand
+you would have found that a line had been drawn across the beach,
+beyond which there were no footmarks: that meant that the rest
+of the island was for some reason tabu.
+
+Dick pulled the nose of the boat up a bit on the strand, then he
+looked around him. He picked up a broken spear that had been cast
+away or forgotten; it was made of some hard wood and barbed
+with iron. On the right-hand side of the beach something lay
+between the cocoa-nut trees. He approached; it was a mass of
+offal; the entrails of a dozen sheep seemed cast here in one
+mound, yet there were no sheep on the island, and sheep are not
+carried as a rule in war canoes.
+
+The sand on the beach was eloquent. The foot pursuing and the
+foot pursued; the knee of the fallen one, and then the forehead and
+outspread hands; the heel of the chief who has slain his enemy,
+beaten the body flat, burst a hole through it, through which he has
+put his head, and who stands absolutely wearing his enemy as a
+cloak; the head of the man dragged on his back to be butchered
+like a sheep--of these things spoke the sand.
+
+As far as the sand traces could speak, the story of the battle was
+still being told; the screams and the shouting, the clashing of
+clubs and spears were gone, yet the ghost of the fight remained.
+
+If the sand could bear such traces, and tell such tales, who shall
+say that the plastic aether was destitute of the story of the fight
+and the butchery?
+
+However that may have been, Dick, looking around him, had the
+shivering sense of having just escaped from danger. Whoever had
+been, had gone--he could tell that by the canoe traces. Gone either
+out to sea, or up the right stretch of the lagoon. It was important
+to determine this.
+
+He climbed to the hill-top and swept the sea with his eyes. There,
+away to the south-west, far away on the sea, he could distinguish
+the brown sails of two canoes. There was something
+indescribably mournful and lonely in their appearance; they looked
+like withered leaves--brown moths blown to sea--derelicts of
+autumn. Then, remembering the beach, these things became
+freighted with the most sinister thoughts for the mind of the
+gazer. They were hurrying away, having done their work. That they
+looked lonely and old and mournful, and like withered leaves
+blown across the sea, only heightened the horror.
+
+Dick had never seen canoes before, but he knew that these things
+were boats of some sort holding people, and that the people had
+left all those traces on the beach. How much of the horror of the
+thing was revealed to his subconscious intelligence, who can say?
+
+He had climbed the boulder, and he now sat down with his knees
+drawn up, and his hands clasped round them. Whenever he came
+round to this side of the island, something happened of a fateful
+or sinister nature. The last time he had nearly lost the dinghy; he
+had beached the little boat in such a way that she floated off, and
+the tide was just in the act of stealing her, and sweeping her
+from the lagoon out to sea, when he returned laden with his
+bananas, and, rushing into the water up to his waist, saved her.
+Another time he had fallen out of a tree, and just by a miracle
+escaped death. Another time a hurricane had broken, lashing the
+lagoon into snow, and sending the cocoa-nuts bounding and flying
+like tennis balls across the strand. This time he had just escaped
+something, he knew not exactly what. It was almost as if
+Providence were saying to him, "Don't come here."
+
+He watched the brown sails as they dwindled in the wind-blown
+blue, then he came down from the hill-top and cut his bananas. He
+cut four large bunches, which caused him to make two journeys to
+the boat. When the bananas were stowed he pushed off.
+
+For a long time a great curiosity had been pulling at his heart-
+strings: a curiosity of which he was dimly ashamed. Fear had
+given it birth, and Fear still clung to it. It was, perhaps, the
+element of fear and the awful delight of daring the unknown that
+made him give way to it.
+
+He had rowed, perhaps, a hundred yards when he turned the boat's
+head and made for the reef. It was more than five years since that
+day when he rowed across the lagoon, Emmeline sitting in the
+stern, with her wreath of flowers in her hand. It might have been
+only yesterday, for everything seemed just the same. The
+thunderous surf and the flying gulls, the blinding sunlight, and the
+salt, fresh smell of the sea. The palm tree at the entrance of the
+lagoon still bent gazing into the water, and round the projection
+of coral to which he had last moored the boat still lay a fragment
+of the rope which he had cut in his hurry to escape.
+
+Ships had come into the lagoon, perhaps, during the five years, but
+no one had noticed anything on the reef, for it was only from the
+hill-top that a full view of what was there could be seen, and
+then only by eyes knowing where to look. From the beach there
+was visible just a speck. It might have been, perhaps, a bit of old
+wreckage flung there by a wave in some big storm. A piece of old
+wreckage that had been tossed hither and thither for years, and
+had at last found a place of rest.
+
+Dick tied the boat up, and stepped on to the reef. It was high tide
+just as before; the breeze was blowing strongly, and overhead a
+man-of-war's bird, black as ebony, with a blood-red bill, came
+sailing, the wind doming out his wings. He circled in the air, and
+cried out fiercely, as if resenting the presence of the intruder,
+then he passed away, let himself be blown away, as it were,
+across the lagoon, wheeled, circled, and passed out to sea.
+
+Dick approached the place he knew, and there lay the little old
+barrel all warped by the powerful sun; the staves stood apart, and
+the hooping was rusted and broken, and whatever it had contained
+in the way of spirit and conviviality had long ago drained away.
+
+Beside the barrel lay a skeleton, round which lay a few rags of
+cloth. The skull had fallen to one side, and the lower jaw had
+fallen from the skull; the bones of the hands and feet were still
+articulated, and the ribs had not fallen in. It was all white and
+bleached, and the sun shone on it as indifferently as on the coral,
+this shell and framework that had once been a man. There was
+nothing dreadful about it, but a whole world of wonder.
+
+To Dick, who had not been broken into the idea of death, who had
+not learned to associate it with graves and funerals, sorrow,
+eternity, and hell, the thing spoke as it never could have spoken to
+you or me.
+
+Looking at it, things linked themselves together in his mind: the
+skeletons of birds he had found in the woods, the fish he had
+slain, even trees lying dead and rotten--even the shells of crabs.
+
+If you had asked him what lay before him, and if he could have
+expressed the thought in his mind, he would have answered you
+"change."
+
+All the philosophy in the world could not have told him more than
+he knew just then about death--he, who even did not know its
+name.
+
+He was held spellbound by the marvel and miracle of the thing and
+the thoughts that suddenly crowded his mind like a host of
+spectres for whom a door has just been opened.
+
+Just as a child by unanswerable logic knows that a fire which has
+burned him once will burn him again, or will burn another person,
+he knew that just as the form before him was, his form would be
+some day--and Emmeline's.
+
+Then came the vague question which is born not of the brain, but
+the heart, and which is the basis of all religions--where shall I
+be then? His mind was not of an introspective nature, and the
+question just strayed across it and was gone. And still the
+wonder of the thing held him. He was for the first time in his life
+in a reverie; the corpse that had shocked and terrified him five
+years ago had cast seeds of thought with its dead fingers upon his
+mind, the skeleton had brought them to maturity. The full fact of
+universal death suddenly appeared before him, and he recognised
+it.
+
+He stood for a long time motionless, and then with a deep sigh
+turned to the boat and pushed off without once looking back at the
+reef. He crossed the lagoon and rowed slowly homewards, keeping
+in the shelter of the tree shadows as much as possible.
+
+Even looking at him from the shore you might have noticed a
+difference in him. Your savage paddles his canoe, or sculls his
+boat, alert, glancing about him, at touch with nature at all points;
+though he be lazy as a cat and sleeps half the day, awake he is all
+ears and eyes--a creature reacting to the least external
+impression.
+
+Dick, as he rowed back, did not look about him: he was thinking or
+retrospecting. The savage in him had received a check. As he
+turned the little cape where the wild cocoanut blazed, he looked
+over his shoulder. A figure was standing on the sward by the edge
+of the water. It was Emmeline.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE SCHOONER
+
+They carried the bananas up to the house, and hung them from a
+branch of the artu. Then Dick, on his knees, lit the fire to prepare
+the evening meal. When it was over he went down to where the
+boat was moored, and returned with something in his hand. It was
+the javelin with the iron point or, rather, the two pieces of it. He
+had said nothing of what he had seen to the girl.
+
+Emmeline was seated on the grass; she had a long strip of the
+striped flannel stuff about her, worn like a scarf, and she had
+another piece in her hand which she was hemming. The bird was
+hopping about, pecking at a banana which they had thrown to him;
+a light breeze made the shadow of the artu leaves dance upon the
+grass, and the serrated leaves of the breadfruit to patter one on
+the other with the sound of rain-drops falling upon glass.
+
+"Where did you get it?" asked Emmeline, staring at the piece of
+the javelin which Dick had flung down almost beside her whilst
+he went into the house to fetch the knife.
+
+"It was on the beach over there," he replied, taking his seat and
+examining the two fragments to see how he could splice them
+together.
+
+Emmeline looked at the pieces, putting them together in her mind.
+She did not like the look of the thing: so keen and savage, and
+stained dark a foot and more from the point.
+
+"People had been there," said Dick, putting the two pieces
+together and examining the fracture critically.
+
+"Where?"
+
+"Over there. This was lying on the sand, and the sand was all trod
+up."
+
+"Dick," said Emmeline, "who were the people?"
+
+"I don't know; I went up the hill and saw their boats going away--
+far away out. This was lying on the sand."
+
+"Dick," said Emmeline, "do you remember the noise yesterday?"
+
+"Yes," said Dick.
+
+"I heard it in the night."
+
+"When?"
+
+"In the night before the moon went away."
+
+"That was them," said Dick.
+
+"Dick!"
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"Who were they?"
+
+"I don't know," replied Dick.
+
+"It was in the night, before the moon went away, and it went on
+and on beating in the trees. I thought I was asleep, and then I
+knew I was awake; you were asleep, and I pushed you to listen,
+but you couldn't wake, you were so asleep; then the moon went
+away, and the noise went on. How did they make the noise?"
+
+"I don't know," replied Dick, "but it was them; and they left this
+on the sand, and the sand was all trod up, and I saw their boats
+from the hill, away out far."
+
+"I thought I heard voices," said Emmeline, "but I was not sure."
+
+She fell into meditation, watching her companion at work on the
+savage and sinister-looking thing in his hands. He was splicing
+the two pieces together with a strip of the brown cloth-like stuff
+which is wrapped round the stalks of the cocoa-palm fronds. The
+thing seemed to have been hurled here out of the blue by some
+unseen hand.
+
+When he had spliced the pieces, doing so with marvellous
+dexterity, he took the thing short down near the point, and began
+thrusting it into the soft earth to clean it; then, with a bit of
+flannel, he polished it till it shone. He felt a keen delight in it. It
+was useless as a fish-spear, because it had no barb, but it was a
+weapon. It was useless as a weapon, because there was no foe on
+the island to use it against; still, it was a weapon.
+
+When he had finished scrubbing at it, he rose, hitched his old
+trousers up, tightened the belt of cocoa-cloth which Emmeline
+had made for him, went into the house and got his fish-spear, and
+stalked off to the boat, calling out to Emmeline to follow him.
+They crossed over to the reef, where, as usual, he divested
+himself of clothing.
+
+It was strange that out here he would go about stark naked, yet on
+the island he always wore some covering. But not so strange,
+perhaps, after all.
+
+The sea is a great purifier, both of the mind and the body; before
+that great sweet spirit people do not think in the same way as
+they think far inland. What woman would appear in a town or on a
+country road, or even bathing in a river, as she appears bathing in
+the sea?
+
+Some instinct made Dick cover himself up on shore, and strip
+naked on the reef. In a minute he was down by the edge of the
+surf, javelin in one hand, fish-spear in the other.
+
+Emmeline, by a little pool the bottom of which was covered with
+branching coral, sat gazing down into its depths, lost in a reverie
+like that into which we fall when gazing at shapes in the fire. She
+had sat some time like this when a shout from Dick aroused her.
+She started to her feet and gazed to where he was pointing. An
+amazing thing was there.
+
+To the east, just rounding the curve of the reef, and scarcely a
+quarter of a mile from it, was coming a big topsail schooner; a
+beautiful sight she was, heeling to the breeze with every sail
+drawing, and the white foam like a feather at her fore-foot.
+
+Dick, with the javelin in his hand, was standing gazing at her; he
+had dropped his fishspear, and he stood as motionless as though
+he were carved out of stone. Emmeline ran to him and stood
+beside him; neither of them spoke a word as the vessel drew
+closer.
+
+Everything was visible, so close was she now, from the reef
+points on the great mainsail, luminous with the sunlight, and
+white as the wing of a gull, to the rail of the bulwarks. A crowd
+of men were hanging over the port bulwarks gazing at the island
+and the figures on the reef. Browned by the sun and sea-breeze,
+Emmeline's hair blowing on the wind, and the point of Dick's
+javelin flashing in the sun, they looked an ideal pair of savages,
+seen from the schooner's deck.
+
+"They are going away," said Emmeline, with a long-drawn breath
+of relief.
+
+Dick made no reply; he stared at the schooner a moment longer in
+silence, then, having made sure that she was standing away from
+the land, he began to run up and down, calling out wildly, and
+beckoning to the vessel as if to call her back.
+
+A moment later a sound came on the breeze, a faint hail; a flag
+was run up to the peak and dipped as in derision, and the vessel
+continued on her course.
+
+As a matter of fact, she had been on the point of putting about.
+Her captain had for a moment been undecided as to whether the
+forms on the reef were those of castaways or savages. But the
+javelin in Dick's hand had turned the scale of his opinion in favour
+of the theory of savages.
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+LOVE STEPS IN
+
+Two birds were sitting in the branches of the artu tree: Koko had
+taken a mate. They had built a nest out of fibres pulled from the
+wrappings of the cocoa-nut fronds, bits of stick and wire grass--
+anything, in fact; even fibres from the palmetto thatch of the
+house below. The pilferings of birds, the building of nests, what
+charming incidents they are in the great episode of spring!
+
+The hawthorn tree never bloomed here, the climate was that of
+eternal summer, yet the spirit of May came just as she comes to
+the English countryside or the German forest. The doings in the
+artu branches greatly interested Emmeline.
+
+The love-making and the nest-building were conducted quite in
+the usual manner, according to rules laid down by Nature and
+carried out by men and birds. All sorts of quaint sounds came
+filtering down through the leaves from the branch where the
+sapphire-coloured lovers sat side by side, or the fork where the
+nest was beginning to form: croonings and cluckings, sounds like
+the flirting of a fan, the sounds of a squabble, followed by the
+sounds that told of the squabble made up. Sometimes after one of
+these squabbles a pale blue downy feather or two would come
+floating earthwards, touch the palmetto leaves of the house-roof
+and cling there, or be blown on to the grass.
+
+It was some days after the appearance of the schooner, and Dick
+was making ready to go into the woods and pick guavas. He had all
+the morning been engaged in making a basket to carry them in. In
+civilisation he would, judging from his mechanical talent,
+perhaps have been an engineer, building bridges and ships, instead
+of palmetto-leaf baskets and cane houses--who knows if he would
+have been happier?
+
+The heat of midday had passed, when, with the basket hanging
+over his shoulder on a piece of cane, he started for the woods,
+Emmeline following. The place they were going to always filled
+her with a vague dread; not for a great deal would she have gone
+there alone. Dick had discovered it in one of his rambles.
+
+They entered the wood and passed a little well, a well without
+apparent source or outlet and a bottom of fine white sand. How
+the sand had formed there, it would be impossible to say; but
+there it was, and around the margin grew ferns redoubling
+themselves on the surface of the crystal-clear water. They left
+this to the right and struck into the heart of the wood. The heat of
+midday still lurked here; the way was clear, for there was a sort
+of path between the trees, as if, in very ancient days, there had
+been a road.
+
+Right across this path, half lost in shadow, half sunlit, the lianas
+hung their ropes. The hotoo tree, with its powdering of delicate
+blossoms, here stood, showing its lost loveliness to the sun; in
+the shade the scarlet hibiscus burned like a flame. Artu and
+breadfruit trees and cocoa-nut bordered the way.
+
+As they proceeded the trees grew denser and the path more
+obscure. All at once, rounding a sharp turn, the path ended in a
+valley carpeted with fern. This was the place that always filled
+Emmeline with an undefined dread. One side of it was all built up
+in terraces with huge blocks of stone--blocks of stone so
+enormous, that the wonder was how the ancient builders had put
+them in their places.
+
+Trees grew along the terraces, thrusting their roots between the
+interstices of the blocks. At their base, slightly tilted forward as
+if with the sinkage of years, stood a great stone figure roughly
+carved, thirty feet high at least--mysterious-looking, the very
+spirit of the place. This figure and the terraces, the valley itself,
+and the very trees that grew there, inspired Emmeline with deep
+curiosity and vague fear.
+
+People had been here once; sometimes she could fancy she saw
+dark shadows moving amidst the trees, and the whisper of the
+foliage seemed to her to hide voices at times, even as its shadow
+concealed forms. It was indeed an uncanny place to be alone in
+even under the broad light of day. All across the Pacific for
+thousands of miles you find relics of the past, like these
+scattered through the islands.
+
+These temple places are nearly all the same: great terraces of
+stone, massive idols, desolation overgrown with foliage. They
+hint at one religion, and a time when the sea space of the Pacific
+was a continent, which, sinking slowly through the ages, has left
+only its higher lands and hill-tops visible in the form of islands.
+Round these places the woods are thicker than elsewhere, hinting
+at the presence there, once, of sacred groves. The idols are
+immense, their faces are vague; the storms and the suns and the
+rains of the ages have cast over them a veil. The sphinx is
+understandable and a toy compared to these things, some of which
+have a stature of fifty feet, whose creation is veiled in absolute
+mystery--the gods of a people for ever and for ever lost.
+
+The "stone man" was the name Emmeline had given the idol of the
+valley; and sometimes at nights, when her thoughts would stray
+that way, she would picture him standing all alone in the
+moonlight or starlight staring straight before him.
+
+He seemed for ever listening; unconsciously one fell to listening
+too, and then the valley seemed steeped in a supernatural silence.
+He was not good to be alone with.
+
+Emmeline sat down amidst the fears just at his base. When one
+was close up to him he lost the suggestion of life, and was simply
+a great stone which cast a shadow in the sun.
+
+Dick threw himself down also to rest. Then he rose up and went
+off amidst the guava bushes, plucking the fruit and filling his
+basket. Since he had seen the schooner, the white men on her
+decks, her great masts and sails, and general appearance of
+freedom and speed and unknown adventure, he had been more than
+ordinarily glum and restless. Perhaps he connected her in his mind
+with the far-away vision of the Northumberland, and the idea
+of other places and lands, and the yearning for change [that] the idea of
+them inspired.
+
+He came back with his basket full of the ripe fruit, gave some to
+the girl and sat down beside her. When she had finished eating
+them she took the cane that he used for carrying the basket and
+held it in her hands. She was bending it in the form of a bow when
+it slipped, flew out and struck her companion a sharp blow on the
+side of his face.
+
+Almost on the instant he turned and slapped her on the shoulder.
+She stared at him for a moment in troubled amazement, a sob
+came in her throat. Then some veil seemed lifted, some wizard's
+wand stretched out, some mysterious vial broken. As she looked
+at him like that, he suddenly and fiercely clasped her in his arms.
+He held her like this for a moment, dazed, stupefied, not knowing
+what to do with her. Then her lips told him, for they met his in an
+endless kiss.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE SLEEP OF PARADISE
+
+The moon rose up that evening and shot her silver arrows at the
+house under the artu tree. The house was empty. Then the moon
+came across the sea and across the reef.
+
+She lit the lagoon to its dark, dim heart. She lit the coral brains
+and sand spaces, and the fish, casting their shadows on the sand
+and the coral. The keeper of the lagoon rose to greet her, and the
+fin of him broke her reflection on the mirror-like surface into a
+thousand glittering ripples. She saw the white staring ribs of the
+form on the reef. Then, peeping over the trees, she looked down
+into the valley, where the great idol of stone had kept its solitary
+vigil for five thousand years, perhaps, or more.
+
+At his base, in his shadow, looking as if under his protection, lay
+two human beings, naked, clasped in each other's arms, and fast
+asleep. One could scarcely pity his vigil, had it been marked
+sometimes through the years by such an incident as this. The
+thing had been conducted just as the birds conduct their love
+affairs. An affair absolutely natural, absolutely blameless, and
+without sin.
+
+It was a marriage according to Nature, without feast or guests,
+consummated with accidental cynicism under the shadow of a
+religion a thousand years dead.
+
+So happy in their ignorance were they, that they only knew that
+suddenly life had changed, that the skies and the sea were bluer,
+and that they had become in some magical way one a part of the
+other. The birds on the tree above were equally as happy in their
+ignorance, and in their love.
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+AN ISLAND HONEYMOON
+
+One day Dick climbed on to the tree above the house, and, driving
+Madame Koko off the nest upon which she was sitting, peeped in.
+There were several pale green eggs in it. He did not disturb them,
+but climbed down again, and the bird resumed her seat as if
+nothing had happened. Such an occurrence would have terrified a
+bird used to the ways of men, but here the birds were so fearless
+and so full of confidence that often they would follow Emmeline
+in the wood, flying from branch to branch, peering at her through
+the leaves, lighting quite close to her--once, even, on her
+shoulder.
+
+The days passed. Dick had lost his restlessness: his wish to
+wander had vanished. He had no reason to wander; perhaps that
+was the reason why. In all the broad earth he could not have found
+anything more desirable than what he had.
+
+Instead now of finding a half-naked savage followed dog-like by
+his mate, you would have found of an evening a pair of lovers
+wandering on the reef. They had in a pathetic sort of way
+attempted to adorn the house with a blue flowering creeper taken
+from the wood and trained over the entrance.
+
+Emmeline, up to this, had mostly done the cooking, such as it was;
+Dick helped her now, always. He talked to her no longer in short
+sentences flung out as if to a dog; and she, almost losing the
+strange reserve that had clung to her from childhood, half showed
+him her mind. It was a curious mind: the mind of a dreamer,
+almost the mind of a poet. The Cluricaunes dwelt there, and vague
+shapes born of things she had heard about or dreamt of: she had
+thoughts about the sea and stars, the flowers and birds.
+
+Dick would listen to her as she talked, as a man might listen to
+the sound of a rivulet. His practical mind could take no share in
+the dreams of his other half, but her conversation pleased him.
+
+He would look at her for a long time together, absorbed in thought.
+He was admiring her.
+
+Her hair, blue-black and glossy, tangled him in its meshes; he
+would stroke it, so to speak, with his eyes, and then pull her
+close to him and bury his face in it; the smell of it was
+intoxicating. He breathed her as one does the perfume of a rose.
+
+Her ears were small, and like little white shells. He would take
+one between finger and thumb and play with it as if it were a toy,
+pulling at the lobe of it, or trying to flatten out the curved part.
+Her breasts, her shoulders, her knees, her little feet, every bit of
+her, he would examine and play with and kiss. She would lie and
+let him, seeming absorbed in some far-away thought, of which he
+was the object, then all at once her arms would go round him. All
+this used to go on in the broad light of day, under the shadow of
+the artu leaves, with no one to watch except the bright-eyed
+birds in the leaves above.
+
+Not all their time would be spent in this fashion. Dick was just as
+keen after the fish. He dug up with a spade--improvised from one
+of the boards of the dinghy--a space of soft earth near the taro
+patch and planted the seeds of melons he found in the wood; he
+rethatched the house. They were, in short, as busy as they could
+be in such a climate, but love-making would come on them in fits,
+and then everything would be forgotten. Just as one revisits some
+spot to renew the memory of a painful or pleasant experience
+received there, they would return to the valley of the idol and
+spend a whole afternoon in its shade. The absolute happiness of
+wandering through the woods together, discovering new flowers,
+getting lost, and finding their way again, was a thing beyond
+expression.
+
+Dick had suddenly stumbled upon Love. His courtship had lasted
+only some twenty minutes; it was being gone over again now, and
+extended.
+
+One day, hearing a curious noise from the tree above the house, he
+climbed it. The noise came from the nest, which had been
+temporarily left by the mother bird. It was a gasping, wheezing
+sound, and it came from four wide-open beaks, so anxious to be
+fed that one could almost see into the very crops of the owners.
+They were Koko's children. In another year each of those ugly
+downy things would, if permitted to live, be a beautiful sapphire-
+coloured bird with a few dove-coloured tail feathers, coral beak,
+and bright, intelligent eyes. A few days ago each of these things
+was imprisoned in a pale green egg. A month ago they were
+nowhere.
+
+Something hit Dick on the cheek. It was the mother bird returned
+with food for the young ones. Dick drew his head aside, and she
+proceeded without more ado to fill their crops.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE
+
+Months passed away. Only one bird remained in the branches of the
+artu: Koko's children and mate had vanished, but he remained. The
+breadfruit leaves had turned from green to pale gold and darkest
+amber, and now the new green leaves were being presented to the
+spring.
+
+Dick, who had a complete chart of the lagoon in his head, and
+knew all the soundings and best fishing places, the locality of the
+stinging coral, and the places where you could wade right across
+at low tide--Dick, one morning, was gathering his things together
+for a fishing expedition. The place he was going to lay some two
+and a half miles away across the island, and as the road was bad
+he was going alone.
+
+Emmeline had been passing a new thread through the beads of the
+necklace she sometimes wore. This necklace had a history. In the
+shallows not far away, Dick had found a bed of shell-fish; wading
+out at low tide, he had taken some of them out to examine. They
+were oysters. The first one he opened, so disgusting did its
+appearance seem to him, might have been the last, only that under
+the beard of the thing lay a pearl. It was about twice the size of a
+large pea, and so lustrous that even he could not but admire its
+beauty, though quite unconscious of its value.
+
+He flung the unopened oysters down, and took the thing to
+Emmeline. Next day, returning by chance to the same spot, he
+found the oysters he had cast down all dead and open in the sun.
+He examined them, and found another pearl embedded in one of
+them. Then he collected nearly a bushel of the oysters, and left
+them to die and open. The idea had occurred to him of making a
+necklace for his companion. She had one made of shells, he
+intended to make her one of pearls.
+
+It took a long time, but it was something to do. He pierced them
+with a big needle, and at the end of four months or so the thing
+was complete. Great pearls most of them were--pure white,
+black, pink, some perfectly round, some tear shaped, some
+irregular. The thing was worth fifteen, or perhaps twenty
+thousand pounds, for he only used the biggest he could find,
+casting away the small ones as useless.
+
+Emmeline this morning had just finished restringing them on a
+double thread. She looked pale and not at all well and had been
+restless all night.
+
+As he went off, armed with his spear and fishing tackle, she
+waved her hand to him without getting up. Usually she followed
+him a bit into the wood when he was going away like this, but
+this morning she just sat at the doorway of the little house, the
+necklace in her lap, following him with her eyes until he was lost
+amidst the trees.
+
+He had no compass to guide him, and he needed none. He knew the
+woods by heart. The mysterious line beyond which scarcely an
+artu tree was to be found. The long strip of mammee apple--a
+regular sheet of it a hundred yards broad, and reaching from the
+middle of the island right down to the lagoon. The clearings, some
+almost circular where the ferns grew knee-deep. Then he came to
+the bad part.
+
+The vegetation here had burst into a riot. All sorts of great sappy
+stalks of unknown plants barred the way and tangled the foot; and
+there were boggy places into which one sank horribly. Pausing to
+wipe one's brow, the stalks and tendrils one had beaten down, or
+beaten aside, rose up and closed together, making one a prisoner
+almost as closely surrounded as a fly in amber.
+
+All the noontides that had ever fallen upon the island seemed to
+have left some of their heat behind them here. The air was damp
+and close like the air of a laundry; and the mournful and perpetual
+buzz of insects filled the silence without destroying it.
+
+A hundred men with scythes might make a road through the place
+to-day; a month or two later, searching for the road, you would
+find none--the vegetation would have closed in as water closes
+when divided.
+
+This was the haunt of the jug orchid--a veritable jug, lid and all.
+Raising the lid you would find the jug half filled with water.
+Sometimes in the tangle up above, between two trees, you would
+see a thing like a bird come to ruin. Orchids grew here as in a
+hothouse. All the trees--the few there were--had a spectral and
+miserable appearance. They were half starved by the voluptuous
+growth of the gigantic weeds.
+
+If one had much imagination one felt afraid in this place, for one
+felt not alone. At any moment it seemed that one might be
+touched on the elbow by a hand reaching out from the surrounding
+tangle. Even Dick felt this, unimaginative and fearless as he was.
+It took him nearly three-quarters of an hour to get through, and
+then, at last, came the blessed air of real day, and a glimpse of
+the lagoon between the tree-boles.
+
+He would have rowed round in the dinghy, only that at low tide the
+shallows of the north of the island were a bar to the boat's
+passage. Of course he might have rowed all the way round by way
+of the strand and reef entrance, but that would have meant a
+circuit of six miles or more. When he came between the trees
+down to the lagoon edge it was about eleven o'clock in the
+morning, and the tide was nearly at the full.
+
+The lagoon just here was like a trough, and the reef was very
+near, scarcely a quarter of a mile from the shore. The water did
+not shelve, it went down sheer fifty fathoms or more, and one
+could fish from the bank just as from a pier head. He had brought
+some food with him, and he placed it under a tree whilst he
+prepared his line, which had a lump of coral for a sinker. He
+baited the hook, and whirling the sinker round in the air sent it
+flying out a hundred feet from shore. There was a baby cocoa-nut
+tree growing just at the edge of the water. He fastened the end of
+his line round the narrow stem, in case of eventualities, and then,
+holding the line itself, he fished.
+
+He had promised Emmeline to return before sundown.
+
+He was a fisherman. That is to say, a creature with the enduring
+patience of a cat, tireless and heedless of time as an oyster. He
+came here for sport more than for fish. Large things were to be
+found in this part of the lagoon. The last time he had hooked a
+horror in the form of a cat-fish; at least in outward appearance it
+was likest to a Mississippi cat-fish. Unlike the cat-fish, it was
+coarse and useless as food, but it gave good sport.
+
+The tide was now going out, and it was at the going-out of the
+tide that the best fishing was to be had. There was no wind, and
+the lagoon lay like a sheet of glass, with just a dimple here and
+there where the outgoing tide made a swirl in the water.
+
+As he fished he thought of Emmeline and the little house under
+the trees. Scarcely one could call it thinking. Pictures passed
+before his mind's eye--pleasant and happy pictures, sunlit,
+moonlit, starlit.
+
+Three hours passed thus without a bite or symptom that the
+lagoon contained anything else but sea-water, and
+disappointment; but he did not grumble. He was a fisherman. Then
+he left the line tied to the tree and sat down to eat the food he
+had brought with him. He had scarcely finished his meal when the
+baby cocoa-nut tree shivered and became convulsed, and he did
+not require to touch the taut line to know that it was useless to
+attempt to cope with the thing at the end of it. The only course
+was to let it tug and drown itself. So he sat down and watched.
+
+After a few minutes the line slackened, and the little cocoa-nut
+tree resumed its attitude of pensive meditation and repose. He
+pulled the line up: there was nothing at the end of it but a hook. He
+did not grumble; he baited the hook again, and flung it in, for it
+was quite likely that the ferocious thing in the water would bite
+again.
+
+Full of this idea and heedless of time he fished and waited. The
+sun was sinking into the west--he did not heed it. He had quite
+forgotten that he had promised Emmeline to return before sunset;
+it was nearly sunset now. Suddenly, just behind him, from among
+the trees, he heard her voice, crying:
+
+"Dick!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE VANISHING OF EMMELINE (continued)
+
+He dropped the line, and turned with a start. There was no one
+visible. He ran amongst the trees calling out her name, but only
+echoes answered. Then he came back to the lagoon edge.
+
+He felt sure that what he had heard was only fancy, but it was
+nearly sunset, and more than time to be off. He pulled in his line,
+wrapped it up, took his fish-spear and started.
+
+It was just in the middle of the bad place that dread came to him.
+What if anything had happened to her? It was dusk here, and never
+had the weeds seemed so thick, dimness so dismal, the tendrils of
+the vines so gin-like. Then he lost his way--he who was so sure
+of his way always! The hunter's instinct had been crossed, and for
+a time he went hither and thither helpless as a ship without a
+compass. At last he broke into the real wood, but far to the right
+of where he ought to have been. He felt like a beast escaped from
+a trap, and hurried along, led by the sound of the surf.
+
+When he reached the clear sward that led down to the lagoon the
+sun had just vanished beyond the sea-line. A streak of red cloud
+floated like the feather of a flamingo in the western sky close to
+the sea, and twilight had already filled the world. He could see
+the house dimly, under the shadow of the trees, and he ran
+towards it, crossing the sward diagonally.
+
+Always before, when he had been away, the first thing to greet
+his eyes on his return had been the figure of Emmeline. Either at
+the lagoon edge or the house door he would find her waiting for
+him.
+
+She was not waiting for him to-night. When he reached the house
+she was not there, and he paused, after searching the place, a
+prey to the most horrible perplexity, and unable for the moment
+to think or act.
+
+Since the shock of the occurrence on the reef she had been
+subjected at times to occasional attacks of headache; and when
+the pain was more than she could bear she would go off and hide.
+Dick would hunt for her amidst the trees, calling out her name and
+hallooing. A faint "halloo" would answer when she heard him, and
+then he would find her under a tree or bush, with her unfortunate
+head between her hands, a picture of misery.
+
+He remembered this now, and started off along the borders of the
+wood, calling to her, and pausing to listen. No answer came.
+
+He searched amidst the trees as far as the little well, waking the
+echoes with his voice; then he came back slowly, peering about
+him in the deep dusk that now was yielding to the starlight. He
+sat down before the door of the house, and, looking at him, you
+might have fancied him in the last stages of exhaustion. Profound
+grief and profound exhaustion act on the frame very much in the
+same way. He sat with his chin resting on his chest, his hands
+helpless. He could hear her voice, still as he heard it over at the
+other side of the island. She had been in danger and called to him,
+and he had been calmly fishing, unconscious of it all.
+
+This thought maddened him. He sat up, stared around him and beat
+the ground with the palms of his hands; then he sprang to his feet
+and made for the dinghy. He rowed to the reef: the action of a
+madman, for she could not possibly be there.
+
+There was no moon, the starlight both lit and veiled the world,
+and no sound but the majestic thunder of the waves. As he stood,
+the night wind blowing on his face, the white foam seething
+before him, and Canopus burning in the great silence overhead, the
+fact that he stood in the centre of an awful and profound
+indifference came to his untutored mind with a pang.
+
+He returned to the shore: the house was still deserted. A little
+bowl made from the shell of a cocoa-nut stood on the grass near
+the doorway. He had last seen it in her hands, and he took it up and
+held it for a moment, pressing it tightly to his breast. Then he
+threw himself down before the doorway, and lay upon his face,
+with head resting upon his arms in the attitude of a person who is
+profoundly asleep.
+
+He must have searched through the woods again that night just as
+a somnambulist searches, for he found himself towards dawn in
+the valley before the idol. Then it was daybreak--the world was
+full of light and colour. He was seated before the house door,
+worn out and exhausted, when, raising his head, he saw
+Emmeline's figure coming out from amidst the distant trees on
+the other side of the sward.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE NEWCOMER
+
+He could not move for a moment, then he sprang to his feet and
+ran towards her. She looked pale and dazed, and she held
+something in her arms; something wrapped up in her scarf. As he
+pressed her to him, the something in the bundle struggled against
+his breast and emitted a squall--just like the squall of a cat. He
+drew back, and Emmeline, tenderly moving her scarf a bit aside,
+exposed a wee face. It was brick-red and wrinkled; there were
+two bright eyes, and a tuft of dark hair over the forehead. Then
+the eyes closed, the face screwed itself up, and the thing sneezed
+twice.
+
+"Where did you GET it?" he asked, absolutely lost in astonishment
+as she covered the face again gently with the scarf.
+
+"I found it in the woods," replied Emmeline.
+
+Dumb with amazement, he helped her along to the house, and she
+sat down, resting her head against the bamboos of the wall.
+
+"I felt so bad," she explained; "and then I went off to sit in the
+woods, and then I remembered nothing more, and when I woke up
+it was there."
+
+"It's a baby!" said Dick.
+
+"I know," replied Emmeline.
+
+Mrs James's baby, seen in the long ago, had risen up before their
+mind's eyes, a messenger from the past to explain what the new
+thing was. Then she told him things--things that completely
+shattered the old "cabbage bed" theory, supplanting it with a truth
+far more wonderful, far more poetical, too, to he who can
+appreciate the marvel and the mystery of life.
+
+"It has something funny tied on to it," she went on, as if she were
+referring to a parcel she had just received.
+
+"Let's look," said Dick.
+
+"No," she replied; "leave it alone."
+
+She sat rocking the thing gently, seeming oblivious to the whole
+world, and quite absorbed in it, as, indeed, was Dick. A physician
+would have shuddered, but, perhaps fortunately enough, there was
+no physician on the island. Only Nature, and she put everything to
+rights in her own time and way.
+
+When Dick had sat marvelling long enough, he set to and lit the
+fire. He had eaten nothing since the day before, and he was nearly
+as exhausted as the girl. He cooked some breadfruit, there was
+some cold fish left over from the day before; this, with some
+bananas, he served up on two broad leaves, making Emmeline eat
+first.
+
+Before they had finished, the creature in the bundle, as though it
+had smelt the food, began to scream. Emmeline drew the scarf
+aside. It looked hungry; its mouth would now be pinched up and
+now wide open, its eyes opened and closed. The girl touched it on
+the lips with her finger, and it seized upon her fingertip and
+sucked it. Her eyes filled with tears, she looked appealingly at
+Dick, who was on his knees; he took a banana, peeled it, broke off
+a bit and handed it to her. She approached it to the baby's mouth.
+It tried to suck it, failed, blew bubbles at the sun and squalled.
+
+"Wait a minute," said Dick.
+
+There were some green cocoa-nuts he had gathered the day before
+close by. He took one, removed the green husk, and opened one of
+the eyes, making an opening also in the opposite side of the shell.
+The unfortunate infant sucked ravenously at the nut, filled its
+stomach with the young cocoa-nut juice, vomited violently, and
+wailed. Emmeline in despair clasped it to her naked breast,
+wherefrom, in a moment, it was hanging like a leech. It knew
+more about babies than they did.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+HANNAH
+
+At noon, in the shallows of the reef, under the burning sun, the
+water would be quite warm. They would carry the baby down here,
+and Emmeline would wash it with a bit of flannel. After a few
+days it scarcely ever screamed, even when she washed it. It
+would lie on her knees during the process, striking valiantly out
+with its arms and legs, staring straight up at the sky. Then when
+she turned it on its face, it would lay its head down and chuckle,
+and blow bubbles at the coral of the reef, examining, apparently,
+the pattern of the coral with deep and philosophic attention.
+
+Dick would sit by with his knees up to his chin, watching it all. He
+felt himself to be part proprietor in the thing--as, indeed, he
+was. The mystery of the affair still hung over them both. A week
+ago they two had been alone, and suddenly from nowhere this new
+individual had appeared.
+
+It was so complete. It had hair on its head, tiny finger-nails, and
+hands that would grasp you. It had a whole host of little ways of
+its own, and every day added to them.
+
+In a week the extreme ugliness of the newborn child had vanished.
+Its face, which had seemed carved in the imitation of a monkey's
+face from half a brick, became the face of a happy and healthy
+baby. It seemed to see things, and sometimes it would laugh and
+chuckle as though it had been told a good joke. Its black hair all
+came off and was supplanted by a sort of down. It had no teeth. It
+would lie on its back and kick and crow, and double its fists up
+and try to swallow them alternately, and cross its feet and play
+with its toes. In fact, it was exactly like any of the thousand-
+and-one babies that are born into the world at every tick of the
+clock.
+
+"What will we call it?" said Dick one day, as he sat watching his
+son and heir crawling about on the grass under the shade of the
+breadfruit leaves.
+
+"Hannah," said Emmeline promptly.
+
+The recollection of another baby once heard about was in her
+mind, and it was as good a name as any other, perhaps, in that
+lonely place, notwithstanding the fact that Hannah was a boy.
+
+Koko took a vast interest in the new arrival. He would hop round it
+and peer at it with his head on one side; and Hannah would crawl
+after the bird and try to grab it by the tail. In a few months so
+valiant and strong did he become that he would pursue his own
+father, crawling behind him on the grass, and you might have seen
+the mother and father and child playing all together like three
+children, the bird sometimes hovering overhead like a good spirit,
+sometimes joining in the fun.
+
+Sometimes Emmeline would sit and brood over the child, a
+troubled expression on her face and a far-away look in her eyes.
+The old vague fear of mischance had returned--the dread of that
+viewless form her imagination half pictured behind the smile on
+the face of Nature. Her happiness was so great that she dreaded to
+lose it.
+
+There is nothing more wonderful than the birth of a man, and all
+that goes to bring it about. Here, on this island, in the very heart
+of the sea, amidst the sunshine and the wind-blown trees, under
+the great blue arch of the sky, in perfect purity of thought, they
+would discuss the question from beginning to end without a blush,
+the object of their discussion crawling before them on the grass,
+and attempting to grab feathers from Koko's tail.
+
+It was the loneliness of the place as well as their ignorance of
+life that made the old, old miracle appear so strange and fresh--
+as beautiful as the miracle of death had appeared awful. In
+thoughts vague and beyond expression in words, they linked this
+new occurrence with that old occurrence on the reef six years
+before. The vanishing and the coming of a man.
+
+Hannah, despite his unfortunate name, was certainly a most virile
+and engaging baby. The black hair which had appeared and vanished
+like some practical joke played by Nature, gave place to a down at
+first as yellow as sun-bleached wheat, but in a few months' time
+tinged with auburn.
+
+One day--he had been uneasy and biting at his thumbs for some
+time past--Emmeline, looking into his mouth, saw something
+white and like a grain of rice protruding from his gum. It was a
+tooth just born. He could eat bananas now, and breadfruit, and
+they often fed him on fish--a fact which again might have caused
+a medical man to shudder; yet he throve on it all, and waxed
+stouter every day.
+
+Emmeline, with a profound and natural wisdom, let him crawl
+about stark naked, dressed in ozone and sunlight. Taking him out
+on the reef, she would let him paddle in the shallow pools, holding
+him under the armpits whilst he splashed the diamond-bright
+water into spray with his feet, and laughed and shouted.
+
+They were beginning now to experience a phenomenon, as
+wonderful as the birth of the child's body--the birth of his
+intelligence, the peeping out of a little personality with
+predilections of its own, likes and dislikes.
+
+He knew Dick from Emmeline; and when Emmeline had satisfied
+his material wants, he would hold out his arms to go to Dick if he
+were by. He looked upon Koko as a friend, but when a friend of
+Koko's--a bird with an inquisitive mind and three red feathers in
+his tail--dropped in one day to inspect the newcomer, he resented
+the intrusion, and screamed.
+
+He had a passion for flowers, or anything bright. He would laugh
+and shout when taken on the lagoon in the dinghy, and make as if
+to jump into the water to get at the bright-coloured corals below.
+
+Ah me, we laugh at young mothers, and all the miraculous things
+they tell us about their babies! They see what we cannot see: the
+first unfolding of that mysterious flower, the mind.
+
+One day they were out on the lagoon. Dick had been rowing; he had
+ceased, and was letting the boat drift for a bit. Emmeline was
+dancing the child on her knee, when it suddenly held out its arms
+to the oarsman and said:
+
+"Dick!"
+
+The little word, so often heard and easily repeated, was its first
+word on earth.
+
+A voice that had never spoken in the world before had spoken; and
+to hear his name thus mysteriously uttered by a being he has
+created is the sweetest and perhaps the saddest thing a man can
+ever know.
+
+Dick took the child on his knee, and from that moment his love for
+it was more than his love for Emmeline or anything else on earth.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+THE LAGOON OF FIRE
+
+Ever since the tragedy of six years ago there had been forming in
+the mind of Emmeline Lestrange a something--shall I call it a
+deep mistrust? She had never been clever; lessons had saddened
+and wearied her, without making her much the wiser. Yet her mind
+was of that order into which profound truths come by short-cuts.
+She was intuitive.
+
+Great knowledge may lurk in the human mind without the owner of
+the mind being aware. He or she acts in such or such a way, or
+thinks in such and such a manner from intuition; in other words,
+as the outcome of the profoundest reasoning.
+
+When we have learnt to call storms, storms, and death, death, and
+birth, birth, when we have mastered the sailor's horn-book, and
+Mr Piddington's law of cyclones, Ellis's anatomy, and Lewer's
+midwifery, we have already made ourself half blind. We have
+become hypnotized by words and names. We think in words and
+names, not in ideas; the commonplace has triumphed, the true
+intellect is half crushed.
+
+Storms had burst over the island before this. And what Emmeline
+remembered of them might be expressed by an instance.
+
+The morning would be bright and happy, never so bright the sun, or
+so balmy the breeze, or so peaceful the blue lagoon; then, with a
+horrid suddenness, as if sick with dissimulation and mad to show
+itself, something would blacken the sun, and with a yell stretch
+out a hand and ravage the island, churn the lagoon into foam, beat
+down the coconut trees, and slay the birds. And one bird would be
+left and another taken, one tree destroyed and another left
+standing. The fury of the thing was less fearful than the blindness
+of it, and the indifference of it.
+
+One night, when the child was asleep, just after the last star was
+lit, Dick appeared at the doorway of the house. He had been down
+to the water's edge and had now returned. He beckoned Emmeline
+to follow him, and, putting down the child, she did so.
+
+"Come here and look," said he.
+
+He led the way to the water; and as they approached it Emmeline
+became aware that there was something strange about the lagoon.
+From a distance it looked pale and solid; it might have been a
+great stretch of grey marble veined with black. Then, as she drew
+nearer, she saw that the dull grey appearance was a deception of
+the eye.
+
+The lagoon was alight and burning.
+
+The phosphoric fire was in its very heart and being; every coral
+branch was a torch, every fish a passing lantern. The incoming
+tide moving the waters made the whole glittering floor of the
+lagoon move and shiver, and the tiny waves to lap the bank,
+leaving behind them glow-worm traces.
+
+"Look!" said Dick.
+
+He knelt down and plunged his forearm into the water. The
+immersed part burned like a smouldering torch. Emmeline could
+see it as plainly as though it were lit by sunlight. Then he drew
+his arm out, and as far as the water had reached, it was covered
+by a glowing glove.
+
+They had seen the phosphorescence of the lagoon before; indeed,
+any night you might watch the passing fish like bars of silver,
+when the moon was away; but this was something quite new, and
+it was entrancing.
+
+Emmeline knelt down and dabbled her hands, and made herself a
+pair of phosphoric gloves, and cried out with pleasure, and
+laughed. It was all the pleasure of playing with fire without the
+danger of being burnt. Then Dick rubbed his face with the water
+till it glowed.
+
+"Wait!" he cried; and, running up to the house, he fetched out
+Hannah.
+
+He came running down with him to the water's edge, gave
+Emmeline the child, unmoored the boat, and started out from
+shore.
+
+The sculls, as far as they were immersed, were like bars of
+glistening silver; under them passed the fish, leaving cometic
+tails; each coral clump was a lamp, lending its lustre till the
+great lagoon was luminous as a lit-up ballroom. Even the child on
+Emmeline's lap crowed and cried out at the strangeness of the
+sight.
+
+They landed on the reef and wandered over the flat. The sea was
+white and bright as snow, and the foam looked like a hedge of
+fire.
+
+As they stood gazing on this extraordinary sight, suddenly, almost
+as instantaneously as the switching off of an electric light, the
+phosphorescence of the sea flickered and vanished.
+
+The moon was rising. Her crest was just breaking from the water,
+and as her face came slowly into view behind a belt of vapour
+that lay on the horizon, it looked fierce and red, stained with
+smoke like the face of Eblis.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE CYCLONE
+
+When they awoke next morning the day was dark. A solid roof of
+cloud, lead-coloured and without a ripple on it, lay over the sky,
+almost to the horizon. There was not a breath of wind, and the
+birds flew wildly about as if disturbed by some unseen enemy in
+the wood.
+
+As Dick lit the fire to prepare the breakfast, Emmeline walked up
+and down, holding her baby to her breast; she felt restless and
+uneasy.
+
+As the morning wore on the darkness increased; a breeze rose up,
+and the leaves of the breadfruit trees pattered together with the
+sound of rain falling upon glass. A storm was coming, but there
+was something different in its approach to the approach of the
+storms they had already known.
+
+As the breeze increased a sound filled the air, coming from far
+away beyond the horizon. It was like the sound of a great
+multitude of people, and yet so faint and vague was it that sudden
+bursts of the breeze through the leaves above would drown it
+utterly. Then it ceased, and nothing could be heard but the rocking
+of the branches and the tossing of the leaves under the increasing
+wind, which was now blowing sharply and fiercely and with a
+steady rush dead from the west, fretting the lagoon, and sending
+clouds and masses of foam right over the reef. The sky that had
+been so leaden and peaceful and like a solid roof was now all in a
+hurry, flowing eastward like a great turbulent river in spate.
+
+And now, again, one could hear the sound in the distance-- the
+thunder of the captains of the storm and the shouting; but still so
+faint, so vague, so indeterminate and unearthly that it seemed
+like the sound in a dream.
+
+Emmeline sat amidst the ferns on the floor cowed and dumb,
+holding the baby to her breast. It was fast asleep. Dick stood at
+the doorway. He was disturbed in mind, but he did not show it.
+
+The whole beautiful island world had now taken on the colour of
+ashes and the colour of lead. Beauty had utterly vanished, all
+seemed sadness and distress.
+
+The cocoa-palms, under the wind that had lost its steady rush and
+was now blowing in hurricane blasts, flung themselves about in
+all the attitudes of distress; and whoever has seen a tropical
+storm will know what a cocoa-palm can express by its
+movements under the lash of the wind.
+
+Fortunately the house was so placed that it was protected by the
+whole depth of the grove between it and the lagoon; and
+fortunately, too, it was sheltered by the dense foliage of the
+breadfruit, for suddenly, with a crash of thunder as if the hammer
+of Thor had been flung from sky to earth, the clouds split and the
+rain came down in a great slanting wave. It roared on the foliage
+above, which, bending leaf on leaf, made a slanting roof from
+which it rushed in a steady sheet-like cascade.
+
+Dick had darted into the house, and was now sitting beside
+Emmeline, who was shivering and holding the child, which had
+awakened at the sound of the thunder.
+
+For an hour they sat, the rain ceasing and coming again, the
+thunder shaking earth and sea, and the wind passing overhead
+with a piercing, monotonous cry.
+
+Then all at once the wind dropped, the rain ceased, and a pale
+spectral light, like the light of dawn, fell before the doorway.
+
+"It's over!" cried Dick, making to get up.
+
+"Oh, listen!" said Emmeline, clinging to him, and holding the baby
+to his breast as if the touch of him would give it protection. She
+had divined that there was something approaching worse than a
+storm.
+
+Then, listening in the silence, away from the other side of the
+island, they heard a sound like the droning of a great top.
+
+It was the centre of the cyclone approaching.
+
+A cyclone is a circular storm: a storm in the form of a ring. This
+ring of hurricane travels across the ocean with inconceivable
+speed and fury, yet its centre is a haven of peace.
+
+As they listened the sound increased, sharpened, and became a
+tang that pierced the ear-drums: a sound that shook with hurry
+and speed, increasing, bringing with it the bursting and crashing
+of trees, and breaking at last overhead in a yell that stunned the
+brain like the blow of a bludgeon. In a second the house was torn
+away, and they were clinging to the roots of the breadfruit, deaf,
+blinded, half-lifeless.
+
+The terror and the prolonged shock of it reduced them from
+thinking beings to the level of frightened animals whose one
+instinct is preservation.
+
+How long the horror lasted they could not tell, when, like a
+madman who pauses for a moment in the midst of his struggles
+and stands stock-still, the wind ceased blowing, and there was
+peace. The centre of the cyclone was passing over the island.
+
+Looking up, one saw a marvellous sight. The air was full of birds,
+butterflies, insects--all hanging in the heart of the storm and
+travelling with it under its protection.
+
+Though the air was still as the air of a summer's day, from north,
+south, east, and west, from every point of the compass, came the
+yell of the hurricane.
+
+There was something shocking in this.
+
+In a storm one is so beaten about by the wind that one has no
+time to think: one is half stupefied. But in the dead centre of a
+cyclone one is in perfect peace. The trouble is all around, but it is
+not here. One has time to examine the thing like a tiger in a cage,
+listen to its voice and shudder at its ferocity.
+
+The girl, holding the baby to her breast, sat up gasping. The baby
+had come to no harm; it had cried at first when the thunder broke,
+but now it seemed impassive, almost dazed. Dick stepped from
+under the tree and looked at the prodigy in the air.
+
+The cyclone had gathered on its way sea-birds and birds from the
+land; there were gulls, electric white and black man-of-war
+birds, butterflies, and they all seemed imprisoned under a great
+drifting dome of glass. As they went, travelling like things
+without volition and in a dream, with a hum and a roar the south-
+west quadrant of the cyclone burst on the island, and the whole
+bitter business began over again.
+
+It lasted for hours, then towards midnight the wind fell; and when
+the sun rose next morning he came through a cloudless sky,
+without a trace of apology for the destruction caused by his
+children the winds. He showed trees uprooted and birds lying
+dead, three or four canes remaining of what had once been a
+house, the lagoon the colour of a pale sapphire, and a glass-green,
+foam-capped sea racing in thunder against the reef.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE STRICKEN WOODS
+
+At first they thought they were ruined; then Dick, searching,
+found the old saw under a tree, and the butcher's knife near it, as
+though the knife and saw had been trying to escape in company
+and had failed.
+
+Bit by bit they began to recover something of their scattered
+property. The remains of the flannel had been taken by the cyclone
+and wrapped round and round a slender cocoa-nut tree, till the
+trunk looked like a gaily bandaged leg. The box of fish-hooks had
+been jammed into the centre of a cooked breadfruit, both having
+been picked up by the fingers of the wind and hurled against the
+same tree; and the stay-sail of the Shenandoah was out on the
+reef, with a piece of coral carefully placed on it as if to keep it
+down. As for the lug-sail belonging to the dinghy, it was never
+seen again.
+
+There is humour sometimes in a cyclone, if you can only
+appreciate it; no other form of air disturbance produces such
+quaint effects. Beside the great main whirlpool of wind, there are
+subsidiary whirlpools, each actuated by its own special imp.
+
+Emmeline had felt Hannah nearly snatched from her arms twice by
+these little ferocious gimlet winds; and that the whole business
+of the great storm was set about with the object of snatching
+Hannah from her, and blowing him out to sea, was a belief which
+she held, perhaps, in the innermost recesses of her mind.
+
+The dinghy would have been utterly destroyed, had it not heeled
+over and sunk in shallow water at the first onset of the wind; as
+it was, Dick was able to bail it out at the next low tide, when it
+floated as bravely as ever, not having started a single seam.
+
+But the destruction amidst the trees was pitiful. Looking at the
+woods as a mass, one noticed gaps here and there, but what had
+really happened could not be seen till one was amongst the trees.
+Great, beautiful cocoa-nut palms, not dead, but just dying, lay
+crushed and broken as if trampled upon by some enormous foot.
+You would come across half a dozen lianas twisted into one great
+cable. Where cocoa-nut palms were, you could not move a yard
+without kicking against a fallen nut; you might have picked up
+full-grown, half-grown, and wee baby nuts, not bigger than small
+apples, for on the same tree you will find nuts of all sizes and
+conditions.
+
+One never sees a perfectly straight-stemmed cocoa-palm; they
+all have an inclination from the perpendicular more or less;
+perhaps that is why a cyclone has more effect on them than on
+other trees.
+
+Artus, once so pretty a picture with their diamond-chequered
+trunks, lay broken and ruined; and right through the belt of
+mammee apple, right through the bad lands, lay a broad road, as if
+an army, horse, foot, and artillery, had passed that way from
+lagoon edge to lagoon edge. This was the path left by the great
+fore-foot of the storm; but had you searched the woods on either
+side, you would have found paths where the lesser winds had been
+at work, where the baby whirlwinds had been at play.
+
+From the bruised woods, like an incense offered to heaven, rose a
+perfume of blossoms gathered and scattered, of rain-wet leaves,
+of lianas twisted and broken and oozing their sap; the perfume of
+newly-wrecked and ruined trees--the essence and soul of the
+artu, the banyan and cocoa-palm cast upon the wind.
+
+You would have found dead butterflies in the woods, dead birds
+too; but in the great path of the storm you would have found dead
+butterflies' wings, feathers, leaves frayed as if by fingers,
+branches of the aoa, and sticks of the hibiscus broken into little
+fragments.
+
+Powerful enough to rip a ship open, root up a tree, half ruin a city.
+Delicate enough to tear a butterfly wing from wing--that is a
+cyclone.
+
+Emmeline, wandering about in the woods with Dick on the day
+after the storm, looking at the ruin of great tree and little bird,
+and recollecting the land birds she had caught a glimpse of
+yesterday being carried along safely by the storm out to sea to be
+drowned, felt a great weight lifting from her heart. Mischance had
+come, and spared them and the baby. The blue had spoken, but had
+not called them.
+
+She felt that something--the something which we in civilisation
+call Fate--was for the present gorged; and, without being
+annihilated, her incessant hypochondriacal dread condensed itself
+into a point, leaving her horizon sunlit and clear.
+
+The cyclone had indeed treated them almost, one might say,
+amiably. It had taken the house but that was a small matter, for
+it had left them nearly all their small possessions. The tinder box
+and flint and steel would have been a much more serious loss than
+a dozen houses, for, without it, they would have had absolutely no
+means of making a fire.
+
+If anything, the cyclone had been almost too kind to them; had let
+them pay off too little of that mysterious debt they owed to the
+gods.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+A FALLEN IDOL
+
+The next day Dick began to rebuild the house. He had fetched the
+stay-sail from the reef and rigged up a temporary tent.
+
+It was a great business cutting the canes and dragging them out
+in the open. Emmeline helped; whilst Hannah, seated on the grass,
+played with the bird that had vanished during the storm, but
+reappeared the evening after.
+
+The child and the bird had grown fast friends; they were friendly
+enough even at first, but now the bird would sometimes let the
+tiny hands clasp him right round his body--at least, as far as the
+hands would go.
+
+It is a rare experience for a man to hold a tame and unstruggling
+and unfrightened bird in his hands; next to pressing a woman in
+his arms, it is the pleasantest tactile sensation he will ever
+experience, perhaps, in life. He will feel a desire to press it to
+his heart, if he has such a thing.
+
+Hannah would press Koko to his little brown stomach, as if in
+artless admission of where his heart lay.
+
+He was an extraordinarily bright and intelligent child. He did not
+promise to be talkative, for, having achieved the word "Dick," he
+rested content for a long while before advancing further into the
+labyrinth of language; but though he did not use his tongue, he
+spoke in a host of other ways. With his eyes, that were as bright
+as Koko's, and full of all sorts of mischief; with his hands and
+feet and the movements of his body. He had a way of shaking his
+hands before him when highly delighted, a way of expressing
+nearly all the shades of pleasure; and though he rarely expressed
+anger, when he did so, he expressed it fully.
+
+He was just now passing over the frontier into toyland. In
+civilisation he would no doubt have been the possessor of an
+india-rubber dog or a woolly lamb, but there were no toys here at
+all. Emmeline's old doll had been left behind when they took flight
+from the other side of the island, and Dick, a year or so ago, on
+one of his expeditions, had found it lying half buried in the sand
+of the beach.
+
+He had brought it back now more as a curiosity than anything
+else, and they had kept it on the shelf in the house. The cyclone
+had impaled it on a tree-twig near by, if in derision; and Hannah,
+when it was presented to him as a plaything, flung it away from
+him as if in disgust. But he would play with flowers or bright
+shells, or bits of coral, making vague patterns with them on the
+sward.
+
+All the toy lambs in the world would not have pleased him better
+than those things, the toys of the Troglodyte children--the
+children of the Stone Age. To clap two oyster shells together and
+make a noise--what, after all, could a baby want better than
+that?
+
+One afternoon, when the house was beginning to take some sort of
+form, they ceased work and went off into the woods; Emmeline
+carrying the baby and Dick taking turns with him. They were going
+to the valley of the idol.
+
+Since the coming of Hannah, and even before, the stone figure
+standing in its awful and mysterious solitude had ceased to be an
+object of dread to Emmeline, and had become a thing vaguely
+benevolent. Love had come to her under its shade; and under its
+shade the spirit of the child had entered into her from where, who
+knows? But certainly through heaven.
+
+Perhaps the thing which had been the god of some unknown people
+had inspired her with the instinct of religion; if so, she was his
+last worshipper on earth, for when they entered the valley they
+found him lying upon his face. Great blocks of stone lay around
+him: there had evidently been a landslip, a catastrophe preparing
+for ages, and determined, perhaps, by the torrential rain of the
+cyclone.
+
+In Ponape, Huahine, in Easter Island, you may see great idols that
+have been felled like this, temples slowly dissolving from sight,
+and terraces, seemingly as solid as the hills, turning softly and
+subtly into shapeless mounds of stone.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+THE EXPEDITION
+
+Next morning the light of day filtering through the trees
+awakened Emmeline in the tent which they had improvised whilst
+the house was building. Dawn came later here than on the other
+side of the island which faced east later, and in a different
+manner for there is the difference of worlds between dawn
+coming over a wooded hill, and dawn coming over the sea.
+
+Over at the other side, sitting on the sand with the break of the
+reef which faced the east before you, scarcely would the east
+change colour before the sea-line would be on fire, the sky lit up
+into an illimitable void of blue, and the sunlight flooding into the
+lagoon, the ripples of light seeming to chase the ripples of water.
+
+On this side it was different. The sky would be dark and full of
+stars, and the woods, great spaces of velvety shadow. Then
+through the leaves of the artu would come a sigh, and the leaves
+of the breadfruit would patter, and the sound of the reef become
+faint. The land breeze had awakened, and in a while, as if it had
+blown them away, looking up, you would find the stars gone, and
+the sky a veil of palest blue. In this indirect approach of dawn
+there was something ineffably mysterious. One could see, but the
+things seen were indecisive and vague, just as they are in the
+gloaming of an English summer's day.
+
+Scarcely had Emmeline arisen when Dick woke also, and they went
+out on to the sward, and then down to the water's edge. Dick went
+in for a swim, and the girl, holding the baby, stood on the bank
+watching him.
+
+Always after a great storm the weather of the island would
+become more bracing and exhilarating, and this morning the air
+seemed filled with the spirit of spring. Emmeline felt it, and as
+she watched the swimmer disporting in the water, she laughed,
+and held the child up to watch him. She was fey. The breeze, filled
+with all sorts of sweet perfumes from the woods, blew her black
+hair about her shoulders, and the full light of morning coming
+over the palm fronds of the woods beyond the sward touched her
+and the child. Nature seemed caressing them.
+
+Dick came ashore, and then ran about to dry himself in the wind.
+Then he went to the dinghy and examined her; for he had
+determined to leave the house-building for half a day, and row
+round to the old place to see how the banana trees had fared
+during the storm. His anxiety about them was not to be wondered
+at. The island was his larder, and the bananas were a most
+valuable article of food. He had all the feelings of a careful
+housekeeper about them, and he could not rest till he had seen for
+himself the extent of damage, if damage there was any.
+
+He examined the boat, and then they all went back to breakfast.
+Living their lives, they had to use forethought. They would put
+away, for instance, all the shells of the cocoa-nuts they used for
+fuel; and you never could imagine the blazing splendour there
+lives in the shell of a cocoa-nut till you see it burning. Yesterday,
+Dick, with his usual prudence, had placed a heap of sticks, all wet
+with the rain of the storm, to dry in the sun: as a consequence,
+they had plenty of fuel to make a fire with this morning.
+
+When they had finished breakfast he got the knife to cut the
+bananas with if there were any left to cut and, taking the javelin,
+he went down to the boat, followed by Emmeline and the child.
+
+Dick had stepped into the boat, and was on the point of unmooring
+her, and pushing her off, when Emmeline stopped him.
+
+"Dick!"
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"I will go with you."
+
+"You!" said he in astonishment.
+
+"Yes, I'm--not afraid any more."
+
+It was a fact; since the coming of the child she had lost that
+dread of the other side of the island or almost lost it.
+
+Death is a great darkness, birth is a great light--they had
+intermixed in her mind; the darkness was still there, but it was
+no longer terrible to her, for it was infused with the light. The
+result was a twilight sad, but beautiful, and unpeopled with
+forms of fear.
+
+Years ago she had seen a mysterious door close and shut a human
+being out for ever from the world. The sight had filled her with
+dread unimaginable, for she had no words for the thing, no
+religion or philosophy to explain it away or gloss it over. Just
+recently she had seen an equally mysterious door open and admit a
+human being; and deep down in her mind, in the place where the
+dreams were, the one great fact had explained and justified the
+other. Life had vanished into the void, but life had come from
+there. There was life in the void, and it was no longer terrible.
+
+Perhaps all religions were born on a day when some woman,
+seated upon a rock by the prehistoric sea, looked at her newborn
+child and recalled to mind her man who had been slain, thus
+closing the charm and imprisoning the idea of a future state.
+
+Emmeline, with the child in her arms, stepped into the little boat
+and took her seat in the stern, whilst Dick pushed off. Scarcely
+had he put out the sculls than a new passenger arrived. It was
+Koko. He would often accompany them to the reef, though,
+strangely enough, he would never go there alone of his own
+accord. He made a circle or two over them, and then lit on the
+gunwale in the bow, and perched there, humped up, and with his
+long dove-coloured tail feathers presented to the water.
+
+The oarsman kept close in-shore, and as they rounded the little
+cape all gay with wild cocoa-nut the bushes brushed the boat, and
+the child, excited by their colour, held out his hands to them.
+Emmeline stretched out her hand and broke off a branch; but it
+was not a branch of the wild cocoa-nut she had plucked, it was a
+branch of the never-wake-up berries. The berries that will cause
+a man to sleep, should he eat of them--to sleep and dream, and
+never wake up again.
+
+"Throw them away!" cried Dick, who remembered.
+
+"I will in a minute," she replied.
+
+She was holding them up before the child, who was laughing and
+trying to grasp them. Then she forgot them, and dropped them in
+the bottom of the boat, for something had struck the keel with a
+thud, and the water was boiling all round.
+
+There was a savage fight going on below. In the breeding season
+great battles would take place sometimes in the lagoon, for fish
+have their jealousies just like men--love affairs, friendships.
+The two great forms could be dimly perceived, one in pursuit of
+the other, and they terrified Emmeline, who implored Dick to row
+on.
+
+They slipped by the pleasant shores that Emmeline had never seen
+before, having been sound asleep when they came past them those
+years ago.
+
+Just before putting off she had looked back at the beginnings of
+the little house under the artu tree, and as she looked at the
+strange glades and groves, the picture of it rose before her, and
+seemed to call her back.
+
+It was a tiny possession, but it was home; and so little used to
+change was she that already a sort of home-sickness was upon
+her; but it passed away almost as soon as it came, and she fell to
+wondering at the things around her, and pointing them out to the
+child.
+
+When they came to the place where Dick had hooked the albicore,
+he hung on his oars and told her about it. It was the first time she
+had heard of it; a fact which shows into what a state of savagery
+he had been lapsing. He had mentioned about the canoes, for he had
+to account for the javelin; but as for telling her of the incidents
+of the chase, he no more thought of doing so than a red Indian
+would think of detailing to his squaw the incidents of a bear hunt.
+Contempt for women is the first law of savagery, and perhaps the
+last law of some old and profound philosophy.
+
+She listened, and when it came to the incident of the shark, she
+shuddered.
+
+"I wish I had a hook big enough to catch him with," said he,
+staring into the water as if in search of his enemy.
+
+"Don't think of him, Dick," said Emmeline, holding the child more
+tightly to her heart. "Row on."
+
+He resumed the sculls, but you could have seen from his face that
+he was recounting to himself the incident.
+
+When they had rounded the last promontory, and the strand and the
+break in the reef opened before them, Emmeline caught her breath.
+The place had changed in some subtle manner; everything was
+there as before, yet everything seemed different--the lagoon
+seemed narrower, the reef nearer, the cocoa-palms not nearly so
+tall. She was contrasting the real things with the recollection of
+them when seen by a child. The black speck had vanished from the
+reef; the storm had swept it utterly away.
+
+Dick beached the boat on the shelving sand, and left Emmeline
+seated in the stern of it, whilst he went in search of the bananas;
+she would have accompanied him, but the child had fallen asleep.
+
+Hannah asleep was even a pleasanter picture than when awake. He
+looked like a little brown Cupid without wings, bow or arrow. He
+had all the grace of a curled-up feather. Sleep was always in
+pursuit of him, and would catch him up at the most unexpected
+moments--when he was at play, or indeed at any time. Emmeline
+would sometimes find him with a coloured shell or bit of coral
+that he had been playing with in his hand fast asleep, a happy
+expression on his face, as if his mind were pursuing its earthly
+avocations on some fortunate beach in dreamland.
+
+Dick had plucked a huge breadfruit leaf and given it to her as a
+shelter from the sun, and she sat holding it over her, and gazing
+straight before her, over the white, sunlit sands.
+
+The flight of the mind in reverie is not in a direct line. To her,
+dreaming as she sat, came all sorts of coloured pictures, recalled
+by the scene before her: the green water under the stern of a ship,
+and the word Shenandoah vaguely reflected on it; their landing,
+and the little tea-set spread out on the white sand--she could
+still see the pansies painted on the plates, and she counted in
+memory the lead spoons; the great stars that burned over the reef
+at nights; the Cluricaunes and fairies; the cask by the well where
+the convolvulus blossomed, and the wind-blown trees seen from
+the summit of the hill--all these pictures drifted before her,
+dissolving and replacing each other as they went.
+
+There was sadness in the contemplation of them, but pleasure too.
+She felt at peace with the world. All trouble seemed far behind
+her. It was as if the great storm that had left them unharmed had
+been an ambassador from the powers above to assure her of their
+forbearance, protection, and love.
+
+All at once she noticed that between the boat's bow and the sand
+there lay a broad, blue, sparkling line. The dinghy was afloat.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE KEEPER OF THE LAGOON
+
+The woods here had been less affected by the cyclone than those
+upon the other side of the island, but there had been destruction
+enough. To reach the place he wanted, Dick had to climb over
+felled trees and fight his way through a tangle of vines that had
+once hung overhead.
+
+The banana trees had not suffered at all; as if by some special
+dispensation of Providence even the great bunches of fruit had
+been scarcely injured, and he proceeded to climb and cut them. He
+cut two bunches, and with one across his shoulder came back
+down through the trees.
+
+He had got half across the sands, his head bent under the load,
+when a distant call came to him, and, raising his head, he saw the
+boat adrift in the middle of the lagoon, and the figure of the girl
+in the bow of it waving to him with her arm. He saw a scull
+floating on the water half-way between the boat and the shore,
+which she had no doubt lost in an attempt to paddle the boat back.
+He remembered that the tide was going out.
+
+He flung his load aside, and ran down the beach; in a moment he
+was in the water. Emmeline, standing up in the boat, watched him.
+
+When she found herself adrift, she had made an effort to row
+back, and in her hurry shipping the sculls she had lost one. With a
+single scull she was quite helpless, as she had not the art of
+sculling a boat from the stern. At first she was not frightened,
+because she knew that Dick would soon return to her assistance;
+but as the distance between boat and shore increased, a cold hand
+seemed laid upon her heart. Looking at the shore it seemed very
+far away, and the view towards the reef was terrific, for the
+opening had increased in apparent size, and the great sea beyond
+seemed drawing her to it.
+
+She saw Dick coming out of the wood with the load on his
+shoulder, and she called to him. At first he did not seem to hear,
+then she saw him look up, cast the bananas away, and come
+running down the sand to the water's edge. She watched him
+swimming, she saw him seize the scull, and her heart gave a
+great leap of joy.
+
+Towing the scull and swimming with one arm,he rapidly
+approached the boat. He was quite close, only ten feet away, when
+Emmeline saw behind him, shearing through the clear rippling
+water, and advancing with speed, a dark triangle that seemed
+made of canvas stretched upon a sword-point.
+
+Forty years ago he had floated adrift on the sea in the form and
+likeness of a small shabby pine-cone, a prey to anything that
+might find him. He had escaped the jaws of the dog-fish, and the
+jaws of the dog-fish are a very wide door; he had escaped the
+albicore and squid: his life had been one long series of miraculous
+escapes from death. Out of a billion like him born in the same
+year, he and a few others only had survived.
+
+For thirty years he had kept the lagoon to himself, as a ferocious
+tiger keeps a jungle. He had known the palm tree on the reef when
+it was a seedling, and he had known the reef even before the palm
+tree was there. The things he had devoured, flung one upon
+another, would have made a mountain; yet he was as clear of
+enmity as a sword, as cruel and as soulless. He was the spirit of
+the lagoon.
+
+Emmeline screamed, and pointed to the thing behind the
+swimmer. He turned, saw it, dropped the oar and made for the
+boat. She had seized the remaining scull and stood with it poised,
+then she hurled it blade foremost at the form in the water, now
+fully visible, and close on its prey.
+
+She could not throw a stone straight, yet the scull went like an
+arrow to the mark, balking the pursuer and saving the pursued. In
+a moment more his leg was over the gunwale, and he was saved.
+
+But the scull was lost.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+THE HAND OF THE SEA
+
+There was nothing in the boat that could possibly be used as a
+paddle; the scull was only five or six yards away, but to attempt
+to swim to it was certain death, yet they were being swept out to
+sea. He might have made the attempt, only that on the starboard
+quarter the form of the shark, gently swimming at the same pace
+as they were drifting, could be made out only half veiled by the
+water.
+
+The bird perched on the gunwale seemed to divine their trouble,
+for he rose in the air, made a circle, and resumed his perch with
+all his feathers ruffled.
+
+Dick stood in despair, helpless, his hands clasping his head. The
+shore was drawing away before him, the surf loudening behind
+him, yet he could do nothing. The island was being taken away
+from them by the great hand of the sea.
+
+Then, suddenly, the little boat entered the race formed by the
+confluence of the tides, from the right and left arms of the
+lagoon; the sound of the surf suddenly increased as though a door
+had been flung open. The breakers were falling and the sea-gulls
+crying on either side of them, and for a moment the ocean seemed
+to hesitate as to whether they were to be taken away into her
+wastes, or dashed on the coral strand. Only for a moment this
+seeming hesitation lasted; then the power of the tide prevailed
+over the power of the swell, and the little boat taken by the
+current drifted gently out to sea.
+
+Dick flung himself down beside Emmeline, who was seated in the
+bottom of the boat holding the child to her breast. The bird,
+seeing the land retreat, and wise in its instinct. rose into the air.
+It circled thrice round the drifting boat, and then, like a beautiful
+but faithless spirit, passed away to the shore.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+TOGETHER
+
+The island had sunk slowly from sight; at sundown it was just a
+trace, a stain on the south-western horizon. It was before the
+new moon, and the little boat lay drifting. It drifted from the
+light of sunset into a world of vague violet twilight, and now it
+lay drifting under the stars.
+
+The girl, clasping the baby to her breast, leaned against her
+companion's shoulder; neither of them spoke. All the wonders in
+their short existence had culminated in this final wonder, this
+passing away together from the world of Time. This strange
+voyage they had embarked on--to where?
+
+Now that the first terror was over they felt neither sorrow nor
+fear. They were together. Come what might, nothing could divide
+them; even should they sleep and never wake up, they would sleep
+together. Had one been left and the other taken!
+
+As though the thought had occurred to them simultaneously, they
+turned one to the other, and their lips met, their souls met,
+mingling in one dream; whilst above in the windless heaven space
+answered space with flashes of siderial light, and Canopus shone
+and burned like the pointed sword of Azrael.
+
+Clasped in Emmeline's hand was the last and most mysterious
+gift of the mysterious world they had known--the branch of
+crimson berries.
+
+
+
+BOOK III
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MAD LESTRANGE
+
+They knew him upon the Pacific slope as "Mad Lestrange." He was
+not mad, but he was a man with a fixed idea. He was pursued by a
+vision: the vision of two children and an old sailor adrift in a
+little boat upon a wide blue sea.
+
+When the Arago, bound for Papetee, picked up the boats of the
+Northumberland, only the people in the long-boat were alive. Le
+Farge, the captain, was mad, and he never recovered his reason.
+Lestrange was utterly shattered; the awful experience in the
+boats and the loss of the children had left him a seemingly
+helpless wreck. The scowbankers, like all their class, had fared
+better, and in a few days were about the ship and sitting in the
+sun. Four days after the rescue the Arago spoke the Newcastle,
+bound for San Francisco, and transshipped the shipwrecked men.
+
+Had a physician seen Lestrange on board the Northumberland as
+she lay in that long, long calm before the fire, he would have
+declared that nothing but a miracle could prolong his life. The
+miracle came about.
+
+In the general hospital of San Francisco, as the clouds cleared
+from his mind, they unveiled the picture of the children and the
+little boat. The picture had been there daily, seen but not truly
+comprehended; the horrors gone through in the open boat, the
+sheer physical exhaustion, had merged all the accidents of the
+great disaster into one mournful half-comprehended fact. When
+his brain cleared all the other incidents fell out of focus, and
+memory, with her eyes set upon the children, began to paint a
+picture that he was ever more to see.
+
+Memory cannot produce a picture that Imagination has not
+retouched; and her pictures, even the ones least touched by
+Imagination, are no mere photographs, but the world of an artist.
+All that is inessential she casts away, all that is essential she
+retains; she idealises, and that is why her picture of a lost
+mistress has had power to keep a man a celibate to the end of his
+days, and why she can break a human heart with the picture of a
+dead child. She is a painter, but she is also a poet.
+
+The picture before the mind of Lestrange was filled with this
+almost diabolical poetry, for in it the little boat and her helpless
+crew were represented adrift on a blue and sunlit sea. A sea most
+beautiful to look at, yet most terrible, bearing as it did the
+recollections of thirst.
+
+He had been dying, when, raising himself on his elbow, so to say,
+he looked at this picture. It recalled him to life. His willpower
+asserted itself, and he refused to die.
+
+The will of a man has, if it is strong enough, the power to reject
+death. He was not in the least conscious of the exercise of this
+power; he only knew that a great and absorbing interest had
+suddenly arisen in him, and that a great aim stood before him--
+the recovery of the children.
+
+The disease that was killing him ceased its ravages, or rather
+was slain in its turn by the increased vitality against which it
+had to strive. He left the hospital and took up his quarters at the
+Palace Hotel, and then, like the General of an army, he began to
+formulate his plan of campaign against Fate.
+
+When the crew of the Northumberland had stampeded, hurling
+their officers aside, lowering the boats with a rush, and casting
+themselves into the sea, everything had been lost in the way of
+ship's papers; the charts, the two logs--everything, in fact, that
+could indicate the latitude and longitude of the disaster. The first
+and second officers and a midshipman had shared the fate of the
+quarter-boat; of the fore-mast hands saved, not one, of course,
+could give the slightest hint as to the locality of the spot.
+
+A time reckoning from the Horn told little, for there was no
+record of the log. All that could be said was that the disaster had
+occurred somewhere south of the line.
+
+In Le Farge's brain lay for a certainty the position, and Lestrange
+went to see the captain in the "Maison de Sante," where he was
+being looked after, and found him quite recovered from the
+furious mania that he had been suffering from. Quite recovered,
+and playing with a ball of coloured worsted.
+
+There remained the log of the Arago; in it would be found the
+latitude and longitude of the boats she had picked up.
+
+The Arago, due at Papetee, became overdue. Lestrange watched
+the overdue lists from day to day, from week to week, from month
+to month, uselessly, for the Arago never was heard of again. One
+could not affirm even that she was wrecked; she was simply one
+of the ships that never come back from the sea.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE SECRET OF THE AZURE
+
+To lose a child he loves is undoubtedly the greatest catastrophe
+that can happen to a man. I do not refer to its death.
+
+A child wanders into the street, or is left by its nurse for a
+moment, and vanishes. At first the thing is not realised. There is
+a pang and hurry at the heart which half vanishes, whilst the
+understanding explains that in a civilised city, if a child gets
+lost, it will be found and brought back by the neighbours or the
+police.
+
+But the police know nothing of the matter, or the neighbours, and
+the hours pass. Any minute may bring back the wanderer; but the
+minutes pass, and the day wears into evening, and the evening to
+night, and the night to dawn, and the common sounds of a new day
+begin.
+
+You cannot remain at home for restlessness; you go out, only to
+return hurriedly for news. You are eternally listening, and what
+you hear shocks you; the common sounds of life, the roll of the
+carts and cabs in the street, the footsteps of the passers-by, are
+full of an indescribable mournfulness; music increases your
+misery into madness, and the joy of others is monstrous as
+laughter heard in hell.
+
+If someone were to bring you the dead body of the child, you might
+weep, but you would bless him, for it is the uncertainty that kills.
+
+You go mad, or go on living. Years pass by, and you are an old man.
+You say to yourself: "He would have been twenty years of age to-
+day."
+
+There is not in the old ferocious penal code of our forefathers a
+punishment adequate to the case of the man or woman who steals
+a child.
+
+Lestrange was a wealthy man, and one hope remained to him, that
+the children might have been rescued by some passing ship. It was
+not the case of children lost in a city, but in the broad Pacific,
+where ships travel from all ports to all ports, and to advertise
+his loss adequately it was necessary to placard the world. Ten
+thousand dollars was the reward offered for news of the lost
+ones, twenty thousand for the recovery; and the advertisement
+appeared in every newspaper likely to reach the eyes of a sailor,
+from the Liverpool Post to the Dead Bird.
+
+The years passed without anything definite coming in answer to
+all these advertisements. Once news came of two children saved
+from the sea in the neighbourhood of the Gilberts, and it was not
+false news, but they were not the children he was seeking for.
+This incident at once depressed and stimulated him, for it seemed
+to say, "If these children have been saved, why not yours?"
+
+The strange thing was, that in his heart he felt a certainty that
+they were alive. His intellect suggested their death in twenty
+different forms; but a whisper, somewhere out of that great blue
+ocean, told him at intervals that what he sought was there,
+living, and waiting for him.
+
+He was somewhat of the same temperament as Emmeline--a
+dreamer, with a mind tuned to receive and record the fine rays
+that fill this world flowing from intellect to intellect, and even
+from what we call inanimate things. A coarser nature would,
+though feeling, perhaps, as acutely the grief, have given up in
+despair the search. But he kept on; and at the end of the fifth
+year, so far from desisting, he chartered a schooner and passed
+eighteen months in a fruitless search, calling at little-known
+islands, and once, unknowing, at an island only three hundred
+miles away from the tiny island of this story.
+
+If you wish to feel the hopelessness of this unguided search, do
+not look at a map of the Pacific, but go there. Hundreds and
+hundreds of thousands of square leagues of sea, thousands of
+islands, reefs, atolls.
+
+Up to a few years ago there were many small islands utterly
+unknown; even still there are some, though the charts of the
+Pacific are the greatest triumphs of hydrography; and though the
+island of the story was actually on the Admiralty charts, of what
+use was that fact to Lestrange?
+
+He would have continued searching, but he dared not, for the
+desolation of the sea had touched him.
+
+In that eighteen months the Pacific explained itself to him in
+part, explained its vastness, its secrecy and inviolability. The
+schooner lifted veil upon veil of distance, and veil upon veil lay
+beyond. He could only move in a right line; to search the
+wilderness of water with any hope, one would have to be endowed
+with the gift of moving in all directions at once.
+
+He would often lean over the bulwark rail and watch the swell
+slip by, as if questioning the water. Then the sunsets began to
+weigh upon his heart, and the stars to speak to him in a new
+language, and he knew that it was time to return, if he would
+return with a whole mind.
+
+When he got back to San Francisco he called upon his agent,
+Wannamaker of Kearney Street, but there was still no news.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+CAPTAIN FOUNTAIN
+
+He had a suite of rooms at the Palace Hotel, and he lived the life
+of any other rich man who is not addicted to pleasure. He knew
+some of the best people in the city, and conducted himself so
+sanely in all respects that a casual stranger would never have
+guessed his reputation for madness; but when you knew him
+better, you would find sometimes in the middle of a conversation
+that his mind was away from the subject; and were you to follow
+him in the street, you would hear him in conversation with
+himself. Once at a dinner-party he rose and left the room, and did
+not return. Trifles, but sufficient to establish a reputation of a
+sort.
+
+One morning--to be precise, it was the second day of May, exactly
+eight years and five months after the wreck of the
+Northumberland--Lestrange was in his sitting-room reading,
+when the bell of the telephone, which stood in the corner of the
+room, rang. He went to the instrument.
+
+"Are you there?" came a high American voice. "Lestrange--right-
+-come down and see me--Wannamaker--I have news for you."
+
+Lestrange held the receiver for a moment, then he put it back in
+the rest. He went to a chair and sat down, holding his head
+between his hands, then he rose and went to the telephone again;
+but he dared not use it, he dare not shatter the newborn hope.
+
+"News!" What a world lies in that word.
+I
+In Kearney Street he stood before the door of Wannamaker's
+office collecting himself and watching the crowd drifting by,
+then he entered and went up the stairs. He pushed open a swing-
+door and entered a great room. The clink and rattle of a dozen
+typewriters filled the place, and all the hurry of business; clerks
+passed and came with sheaves of correspondence in their hands;
+and Wannamaker himself, rising from bending over a message
+which he was correcting on one of the typewriters' tables, saw
+the newcomer and led him to the private office.
+
+"What is it?" said Lestrange.
+
+"Only this," said the other, taking up a slip of paper with a name
+and address on it. "Simon J. Fountain, of 45 Rathray Street, West-
+-that's down near the wharves--says he has seen your ad. in an
+old number of a paper, and he thinks he can tell you something. He
+did not specify the nature of the intelligence, but it might be
+worth finding out.
+
+"I will go there," said Lestrange.
+
+"Do you know Rathray Street?"
+
+"No."
+
+Wannamaker went out and called a boy and gave him some
+directions; then Lestrange and the boy started.
+
+Lestrange left the office without saying "Thank you," or taking
+leave in any way of the advertising agent who did not feel in the
+least affronted, for he knew his customer.
+
+Rathray Street is, or was before the earthquake, a street of small
+clean houses. It had a seafaring look that was accentuated by the
+marine perfumes from the wharves close by and the sound of
+steam winches loading or discharging cargo--a sound that ceased
+not a night or day as the work went on beneath the sun or the
+sizzling arc lamps.
+
+No. 45 was almost exactly like its fellows,. neither better nor
+worse; and the door was opened by a neat, prim woman, small, and
+of middle age. Commonplace she was, no doubt, but not
+commonplace to Lestrange.
+
+"Is Mr Fountain in?" he asked. "I have come about the
+advertisement."
+
+"Oh, have you, sir?" she replied, making way for him to enter, and
+showing him into a little sitting-room on the left of the passage.
+"The Captain is in bed; he is a great invalid, but he was expecting,
+perhaps, someone would call, and he will be able to see you in a
+minute, if you don't mind waiting."
+
+"Thanks," said Lestrange; "I can wait."
+
+He had waited eight years, what mattered a few minutes now?
+But at no time in the eight years had he suffered such suspense,
+for his heart knew that now, just now in this commonplace little
+house, from the lips of, perhaps, the husband of that commonplace
+woman, he was going to learn either what he feared to hear, or
+what he hoped.
+
+It was a depressing little room; it was so clean, and looked as
+though it were never used. A ship imprisoned in a glass bottle
+stood upon the mantelpiece, and there were shells from far-away
+places, pictures of ships in sand--all the things one finds as a
+rule adorning an old sailor's home.
+
+Lestrange, as he sat waiting, could hear movements from the next
+room--probably the invalid's, which they were preparing for his
+reception. The distant sounds of the derricks and winches came
+muted through the tightly shut window that looked as though it
+never had been opened. A square of sunlight lit the upper part of
+the cheap lace curtain on the right of the window, and repeated
+its pattern vaguely on the lower part of the wall opposite. Then a
+bluebottle fly awoke suddenly into life and began to buzz and
+drum against the window pane, and Lestrange wished that they
+would come.
+
+A man of his temperament must necessarily, even under the
+happiest circumstances, suffer in going through the world; the
+fine fibre always suffers when brought into contact with the
+coarse. These people were as kindly disposed as anyone else. The
+advertisement and the face and manners of the visitor might have
+told them that it was not the time for delay, yet they kept him
+waiting whilst they arranged bed-quilts and put medicine bottles
+straight as if he could see!
+
+At last the door opened, and the woman said:
+
+"Will you step this way, sir?"
+
+She showed him into a bedroom opening off the passage. The room
+was neat and clean, and had that indescribable appearance which
+marks the bedroom of the invalid.
+
+In the bed, making a mountain under the counterpane with an
+enormously distended stomach, lay a man, black-bearded, and
+with his large, capable, useless hands spread out on the coverlet-
+-hands ready and willing, but debarred from work. Without moving
+his body, he turned his head slowly and looked at the newcomer.
+This slow movement was not from weakness or disease, it was
+the slow, emotionless nature of the man speaking.
+
+"This is the gentleman, Silas," said the woman, speaking over
+Lestrange's shoulder. Then she withdrew and closed the door.
+
+"Take a chair, sir," said the sea captain, flapping one of his hands
+on the counterpane as if in wearied protest against his own
+helplessness. "I haven't the pleasure of your name, but the missus
+tells me you're come about the advertisement I lit on yester-
+even."
+
+He took a paper, folded small, that lay beside him, and held it out
+to his visitor. It was a Sidney Bulletin three years old.
+
+"Yes," said Lestrange, looking at the paper; "that is my
+advertisement."
+
+"Well, it's strange--very strange," said Captain Fountain, "that I
+should have lit on it only yesterday. I've had it all three years in
+my chest, the way old papers get lying at the bottom with odds
+and ends. Mightn't a' seen it now, only the missus cleared the
+raffle out of the chest, and, `Give me that paper,' I says, seeing it
+in her hand; and I fell to reading it, for a man'll read anything bar
+tracts lying in bed eight months, as I've been with the dropsy. I've
+been whaler man and boy forty year, and my last ship was the
+Sea-Horse. Over seven years ago one of my men picked up
+something on a beach of one of them islands east of the
+Marquesas-_we'd put in to water "
+
+"Yes, yes," said Lestrange. "What was it he found?"
+
+"Missus!" roared the captain in a voice that shook the walls of the
+room.
+
+The door opened, and the woman appeared.
+
+"Fetch me my keys out of my trousers pocket."
+
+The trousers were hanging up on the back of the door, as if only
+waiting to be put on. The woman fetched the keys, and he fumbled
+over them and found one. He handed it to her, and pointed to the
+drawer of a bureau opposite the bed.
+
+She knew evidently what was wanted, for she opened the drawer
+and produced a box, which she handed to him. It was a small
+cardboard box tied round with a bit of string. He undid the string,
+and disclosed a child's tea service: a teapot, cream jug, six little
+plates all painted with a pansy.
+
+It was the box which Emmeline had always been losing--lost
+again.
+
+Lestrange buried his face in his hands. He knew the things.
+Emmeline had shown them to him in a burst of confidence. Out of
+all that vast ocean he had searched unavailingly: they had come to
+him like a message, and the awe and mystery of it bowed him
+down and crushed him.
+
+The captain had placed the things on the newspaper spread out by
+his side, and he was unrolling the little spoons from their tissue-
+paper covering. He counted them as if entering up the tale of some
+trust, and placed them on the newspaper.
+
+"When did you find them?" asked Lestrange, speaking with his
+face still covered.
+
+"A matter of over seven years ago," replied the captain, "we'd put
+in to water at a place south of the line--Palm Tree Island we
+whalemen call it, because of the tree at the break of the lagoon.
+One of my men brought it aboard, found it in a shanty built of
+sugarcanes which the men bust up for devilment."
+
+"Good God!" said Lestrange. "Was there no one there--nothing but
+this box?"
+
+"Not a sight or sound, so the men said; just the shanty, abandoned
+seemingly. I had no time to land and hunt for castaways, I was
+after whales."
+
+"How big is the island?"
+
+"Oh, a fairish middle-sized island--no natives. I've heard tell it's
+tabu; why, the Lord only knows--some crank of the Kanakas I
+s'pose. Anyhow, there's the findings--you recognise them?"
+
+"I do."
+
+"Seems strange," said the captain, "that I should pick em up;
+seems strange your advertisement out, and the answer to it lying
+amongst my gear, but that's the way things go."
+
+"Strange!" said the other. "It's more than strange."
+
+"Of course," continued the captain, "they might have been on the
+island hid away som'ere, there's no saying; only appearances are
+against it. Of course they might be there now unbeknownst to you
+or me."
+
+"They are there now," answered Lestrange, who was sitting up and
+looking at the playthings as though he read in them some hidden
+message. "They are there now. Have you the position of the
+island?"
+
+"I have. Missus, hand me my private log."
+
+She took a bulky, greasy, black note-book from the bureau, and
+handed it to him. He opened it, thumbed the pages, and then read
+out the latitude and longitude.
+
+"I entered it on the day of finding--here's the entry. `Adams
+brought aboard child's toy box out of deserted shanty, which men
+pulled down; traded it to me for a caulker of rum.' The cruise
+lasted three years and eight months after that; we'd only been out
+three when it happened. I forgot all about it: three years
+scrubbing round the world after whales doesn't brighten a man's
+memory. Right round we went, and paid off at Nantucket. Then,
+after a fortni't on shore and a month repairin', the old Sea-Horse
+was off again, I with her. It was at Honolulu this dropsy took me,
+and back I come here, home. That's the yarn. There's not much to
+it, but, seein' your advertisement, I thought I might answer it."
+
+Lestrange took Fountain's hand and shook it.
+
+"You see the reward I offered?" he said. "I have not my cheque
+book with me, but you shall have the cheque in an hour from now."
+
+"No, SIR," replied the captain; "if anything comes of it, I don't say
+I'm not open to some small acknowledgment, but ten thousand
+dollars for a five-cent box--that's not my way of doing business."
+
+"I can't make you take the money now--I can't even thank you
+properly now," said Lestrange--"I am in a fever; but when all is
+settled, you and I will settle this business. My God!"
+
+He buried his face in his hands again.
+
+"I'm not wishing to be inquisitive," said Captain Fountain, slowly
+putting the things back in the box and tucking the paper shavings
+round them, "but may I ask how you propose to move in this
+business?"
+
+"I will hire a ship at once and search."
+
+"Ay," said the captain, wrapping up the little spoons in a
+meditative manner; "perhaps that will be best."
+
+He felt certain in his own mind that the search would be
+fruitless, but he did not say so. If he had been absolutely certain
+in his mind without being able to produce the proof, he would not
+have counselled Lestrange to any other course, knowing that the
+man's mind would never be settled until proof positive was
+produced.
+
+"The question is," said Lestrange, "what is my quickest way to
+get there?"
+
+"There I may be able to help you," said Fountain tying the string
+round the box "A schooner with good heels to her is what you
+want; and, if I'm not mistaken, there's one discharging cargo at
+this present minit at O'Sullivan's wharf. Missus!"
+
+The woman answered the call. Lestrange felt like a person in a
+dream, and these people who were interesting themselves in his
+affairs seemed to him beneficent beyond the nature of human
+beings.
+
+"Is Captain Stannistreet home, think you?"
+
+"I don't know," replied the woman; "but I can go see."
+
+"Do."
+
+She went.
+
+"He lives only a few doors down," said Fountain, "and he's the man
+for you. Best schooner captain ever sailed out of 'Frisco. The
+Raratonga is the name of the boat I have in my mind--best boat
+that ever wore copper. Stannistreet is captain of her, owners are
+M'Vitie. She's been missionary, and she's been pigs; copra was her
+last cargo, and she's nearly discharged it. Oh, M'Vitie would hire
+her out to Satan at a price; you needn't be afraid of their boggling
+at it if you can raise the dollars. She's had a new suit of sails
+only the beginning of the year. Oh, she'll fix you up to a T, and you
+take the word of S. Fountain for that. I'll engineer the thing from
+this bed if you'll let me put my oar in your trouble; I'll victual
+her, and find a crew three quarter price of any of those d----d
+skulking agents. Oh, I'll take a commission right enough, but I'm
+half paid with doing the thing "
+
+He ceased, for footsteps sounded in the passage outside, and
+Captain Stannistreet was shown in. He was a young man of not
+more than thirty, alert, quick of eye, and pleasant of face.
+Fountain introduced him to Lestrange, who had taken a fancy to
+him at first sight.
+
+When he heard about the business in hand, he seemed interested at
+once; the affair seemed to appeal to him more than if it had been
+a purely commercial matter, much as copra and pigs.
+
+"If you'll come with me, sir, down to the wharf, I'll show you the
+boat now," he said, when they had discussed the matter and
+threshed it out thoroughly.
+
+He rose, bid good-day to his friend Fountain, and Lestrange
+followed him, carrying the brown paper box in his hand.
+
+O'Sullivan's Wharf was not far away. A tall Cape Horner that
+looked almost a twin sister of the ill-fated Northumberland
+was discharging iron, and astern of her, graceful as a dream, with
+snow-white decks, lay the Raratonga discharging copra.
+
+"That's the boat," said Stannistreet; "cargo nearly all out. How
+does she strike your fancy?"
+
+"I'll take her," said Lestrange, "cost what it will."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+DUE SOUTH
+
+It was on the 10th of May, so quickly did things move under the
+supervision of the bedridden captain, that the Raratonga, with
+Lestrange on board, cleared the Golden Gates, and made south,
+heeling to a ten-knot breeze.
+
+There is no mode of travel to be compared to your sailing-ship. In
+a great ship, if you have ever made a voyage in one, the vast
+spaces of canvas, the sky-high spars, the finesse with which the
+wind is met and taken advantage of, will form a memory never to
+be blotted out.
+
+A schooner is the queen of all rigs; she has a bounding buoyancy
+denied to the square-rigged craft, to which she stands in the same
+relationship as a young girl to a dowager; and the Raratonga
+was not only a schooner, but the queen, acknowledged of all the
+schooners in the Pacific.
+
+For the first few days they made good way south; then the wind
+became baffling and headed them off.
+
+Added to Lestrange's feverish excitement there was an anxiety, a
+deep and soul-fretting anxiety, as if some half-heard voice were
+telling him that the children he sought were threatened by some
+danger.
+
+These baffling winds blew upon the smouldering anxiety in his
+breast, as wind blows upon embers, causing them to glow. They
+lasted some days, and then, as if Fate had relented, up sprang on
+the starboard quarter a spanking breeze, making the rigging sing
+to a merry tune, and blowing the spindrift from the forefoot, as
+the Raratonga, heeling to its pressure, went humming through the
+sea, leaving a wake spreading behind her like a fan.
+
+It took them along five hundred miles, silently and with the speed
+of a dream. Then it ceased.
+
+The ocean and the air stood still. The sky above stood solid like a
+great pale blue dome; just where it met the water line of the far
+horizon a delicate tracery of cloud draped the entire round of the
+sky.
+
+I have said that the ocean stood still as well as the air: to the eye
+it was so, for the swell under-running the glitter on its surface
+was so even, so equable, and so rhythmical, that the surface
+seemed not in motion. Occasionally a dimple broke the surface,
+and strips of dark sea-weed floated by, showing up the green; dim
+things rose to the surface and, guessing the presence of man, sank
+slowly and dissolved from sight.
+
+Two days, never to be recovered, passed, and still the calm
+continued. On the morning of the third day it breezed up from the
+nor'-nor'west, and they continued their course, a cloud of.canvas,
+every sail drawing, and the music of the ripple under the forefoot.
+
+Captain Stannistreet was a genius in his profession; he could get
+more speed out of a schooner than any other man afloat, and carry
+more canvas without losing a stick. He was also, fortunately for
+Lestrange, a man of refinement and education, and what was
+better still, understanding.
+
+They were pacing the deck one afternoon, when Lestrange, who
+was walking with his hands behind him, and his eyes counting the
+brown dowels in the cream-white planking, broke silence.
+
+"You don't believe in visions and dreams?"
+
+"How do you know that?" replied the other.
+
+"Oh, I only put it as a question; most people say they don't."
+
+"Yes, but most people do."
+
+"I do," said Lestrange.
+
+He was silent for a moment.
+
+"You know my trouble so well that I won't bother you going over
+it, but there has come over me of late a feeling--it is like a
+waking dream."
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"I can't quite explain, for it is as if I saw something which my
+intelligence could not comprehend, or make an image of."
+
+"I think I know what you mean."
+
+"I don't think you do. This is something quite strange. I am fifty,
+and in fifty years a man has experienced, as a rule, all the
+ordinary and most of the extraordinary sensations that a human
+being can be subjected to. Well, I have never felt this sensation
+before; it comes on only at times. I see, as you might imagine, a
+young baby sees, and things are before me that I do not
+comprehend. It is not through my bodily eyes that this sensation
+comes, but through some window of the mind, from before which
+a curtain has been drawn."
+
+"That's strange," said Stannistreet, who did not like the
+conversation over-much, being simply a schooner captain and a
+plain man, though intelligent enough and sympathetic.
+
+"This something tells me," went on Lestrange, "that there is
+danger threatening the--" He ceased, paused a minute, and then,
+to Stannistreet's relief, went on. "If I talk like that you will think
+I am not right in my head: let us pass the subject by, let us forget
+dreams and omens and come to realities. You know how I lost the
+children; you know how I hope to find them at the place where
+Captain Fountain found their traces? He says the island was
+uninhabited, but he was not sure."
+
+"No," replied Stannistreet, "he only spoke of the beach."
+
+"Yes. Well, suppose there were natives at the other side of the
+island who had taken these children."
+
+"If so, they would grow up with the natives."
+
+"And become savages?"
+
+"Yes; but the Polynesians can't be really called savages; they are
+a very decent lot I've knocked about amongst them a good while,
+and a kanaka is as white as a white man--which is not saying
+much, but it's something. Most of the islands are civilised now. Of
+course there are a few that aren't, but still, suppose even that
+`savages,' as you call them, had come and taken the children off--"
+
+Lestrange's breath caught, for this was the very fear that was in
+his heart, though he had never spoken it.
+
+"Well?"
+
+"Well, they would be well treated."
+
+"And brought up as savages?"
+
+"I suppose so."
+
+Lestrange sighed.
+
+"Look here," said the captain; "it's all very well talking, but upon
+my word I think that we civilised folk put on a lot of airs, and
+waste a lot of pity on savages."
+
+"How so?"
+
+"What does a man want to be but happy?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Well, who is happier than a naked savage in a warm climate? Oh,
+he's happy enough, and he's not always holding a corroboree. He's
+a good deal of a gentleman; he has perfect health; he lives the life
+a man was born to live--face to face with Nature. He doesn't see
+the sun through an office window or the moon through the smoke
+of factory chimneys; happy and civilised too but, bless you, where
+is he? The whites have driven him out; in one or two small
+islands you may find him still--a crumb or so of him."
+
+"Suppose," said Lestrange, "suppose those children had been
+brought up face to face with Nature--"
+'
+"Yes?"
+
+"Living that free life--"
+
+"Yes?"
+
+"Waking up under the stars"--Lestrange was speaking with his
+eyes fixed, as if upon something very far away--"going to sleep
+as the sun sets, feeling the air fresh, like this which blows upon
+us, all around them. Suppose they were like that, would it not be a
+cruelty to bring them to what we call civilisation?"
+
+"I think it would," said Stannistreet.
+
+Lestrange said nothing, but continued pacing the deck, his head
+bowed and his hands behind his back.
+
+One evening at sunset, Stannistreet said:
+
+"We're two hundred and forty miles from the island, reckoning
+from to-day's reckoning at noon. We're going all ten knots even
+with this breeze; we ought to fetch the place this time to-
+morrow. Before that if it freshens."
+
+"I am greatly disturbed," said Lestrange.
+
+He went below, and the schooner captain shook his head, and,
+locking his arm round a ratlin, gave his body to the gentle roll of
+the craft as she stole along, skirting the sunset, splendid, and to
+the nautical eye full of fine weather.
+
+The breeze was not quite so fresh next morning, but it had been
+blowing fairly all the night, and the Raratonga had made good
+way. About eleven it began to fail. It became the lightest sailing
+breeze, just sufficient to keep the sails drawing, and the wake
+rippling and swirling behind. Suddenly Stannistreet, who had been
+standing talking to Lestrange, climbed a few feet up the mizzen
+ratlins, and shaded his eyes.
+
+"What is it?" asked Lestrange.
+
+"A boat," he replied. "Hand me that glass you will find in the sling
+there."
+
+He levelled the glass, and looked for a long time without speaking.
+
+"It's a boat adrift--a small boat, nothing in her. Stay! I see
+something white, can't make it out. Hi there!"--to the fellow at
+the wheel. "Keep her a point more to starboard." He got on to the
+deck. "We're going dead on for her."
+
+"Is there any one in her?" asked Lestrange.
+
+"Can't quite make out, but I'll lower the whale-boat and fetch her
+alongside."
+
+He gave orders for the whale-boat to be slung out and manned.
+
+As they approached nearer, it was evident that the drifting boat,
+which looked like a ship's dinghy, contained something, but what,
+could not be made out.
+
+When he had approached near enough, Stannistreet put the helm
+down and brought the schooner to, with her sails all shivering. He
+took his place in the bow of the whale-boat and Lestrange in the
+stern. The boat was lowered, the falls cast off, and the oars bent
+to the water.
+
+The little dinghy made a mournful picture as she floated, looking
+scarcely bigger than a walnut shell. In thirty strokes the whale-
+boat's nose was touching her quarter. Stannistreet grasped her
+gunwale.
+
+In the bottom of the dinghy lay a girl, naked all but for a strip of
+coloured striped material. One of her arms was clasped round the
+neck of a form that was half hidden by her body, the other clasped
+partly to herself, partly to her companion, the body of a baby.
+They were natives, evidently, wrecked or lost by some mischance
+from some inter-island schooner. Their breasts rose and fell
+gently, and clasped in the girl's hand was a branch of some tree,
+and on the branch a single withered berry.
+
+"Are they dead?" asked Lestrange, who divined that there were
+people in the boat, and who was standing up in the stern of the
+whale-boat trying to see.
+
+"No," said Stannistreet; "they are asleep."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of this Project Gutenberg Etext of The Blue Lagoon: A Romance
+